Quarterlytics / Technology / Information Technology Services / AVEVA

AVEVA

avv · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker avv
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Information Technology Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · AVEVA
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
50 YEARS OF 
INNOVATION

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

A

N

D

A

C

C

O

U

N

T

S

2

0

1

7

WWW.AVEVA.COM

 
 
 
 
HIGHLIGHTS

AVEVA’S PERFORMANCE HAS BEEN 
RESILIENT IN THE CONTEXT OF 
CHALLENGING CONDITIONS IN  
OUR CORE OIL & GAS AND MARINE 
END MARKETS. 

This demonstrated the strength of our business model, with high levels 
of recurring revenue and continued strong cash generation. We made 
good progress in delivering against our growth strategy, with significant 
new order wins from Owner Operators, an acceleration in sales of  
our More than 3D products and success in broadening our end  
market exposure.

SUMMARY

To find out more, please visit our website

WWW.AVEVA.COM

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201706STRATEGIC REPORT072010AVEVA acquires Logimatic MARS and ADB Systemer AS.2011AVEVA acquires Z+F UK Ltd (LFM Software), adding next-generation laser-scanning capability to our product suite.2012AVEVA acquires Bocad,  adding advanced structural detailing software to AVEVA’s plant and marine solutions.2012AVEVA acquires the class-leading 3D visualisation technology of Global Majic Software Inc.2013AVEVA Everything3D™ (AVEVA E3D™) launched, the next generation of  plant design software.2014AVEVA launches AVEVA  E3D Insight™, the world’s first tablet app for project review and approval.2015AVEVA acquires 8over8, provider of contractual risk management solutions for organisations that design, build and operate high  value assets.2015AVEVA acquires FabTrol,  a provider of fabrication management software for structural steel fabricators.2015AVEVA releases AVEVA Engage™, a ground-breaking new class of decision support solution.2016 AVEVA announces AVEVA Connect, its delivery platform for the Digital Asset in the Cloud.2006-20092010-20122013-20162006AVEVA enters the FTSE 250 on the London Stock Exchange. 2006AVEVA launches Laser Model Interface™, providing the  world’s first direct interaction  with laser-scanned 3D  plant models.2008AVEVA announces world’s  first open standards-based integration of P&ID and  3D design modelling.2009AVEVA combines its information management solutions into the single brand AVEVA NET™.2009AVEVA acquires  iDesignOffice Pty Ltd.CADCentre changed its name to AVEVA in 2001.AVEVA pioneered the development of laser scanning technology.AVEVA Engage utilises a uniquely simple touch-driven interface to provide unrivalled decision support through the life of an industrial asset.AVEVA E3D Insight was the world’s  first Windows 8.1 touchscreen app for project review and approval of AVEVA design models.AVEVA Everything3D is the Company’s next- generation process plant design system.50 YEARS OF INNOVATIONAVEVA IS NOW INTO ITS 50TH YEAR, HAVING BEEN FOUNDED IN 1967 AS A GOVERNMENT-FUNDED RESEARCH INSTITUTE CREATED BY THE THEN UK MINISTRY OF TECHNOLOGY  AT CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY. The Company’s original mission, to develop computer-aided design techniques for use by British industry, has been achieved and indeed greatly exceeded. The Group now operates in 30 countries across the globe and provides  the design technology that has created countless engineering assets.1967Established as CADCentre.1976World’s first 3D Plant Design and Management System (PDMS™) – with object-based engineering database.1979World’s first intelligent P&ID system (PEGS) launched at ACHEMA.1983CADCentre becomes a private company.1988World’s first plant  walk-through visualisation system.1992World’s first interactive  full colour shaded plant design system.1994CADCentre  management buyout.1996CADCentre Group plc  listed on London  Stock Exchange.1997World’s first Internet-based collaborative plant design solution (HyperPlant).1967-19792000-20051980-1999Installed at CADCentre in 1967, the Atlas 2 computer represented the state-of-the-art in processing power both in British and in worldwide computing.A model of a process plant being interactively designed in PDMS.The ground-breaking REVIEW system provided real-time interactive 3D graphics, enabling project teams to quickly become familiar with a design.HyperPlant pioneered the use of Internet technology to provide remote online access to plant models created in PDMS.2001World’s first plant design system for concurrent global project execution (PDMS Global).2001CADCentre changes its name  to AVEVA.2002AVEVA introduces  3D streaming technology  to view plant models.2004AVEVA acquires Tribon Solutions, the leading marine design software and services provider.AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201704STRATEGIC REPORT05£32.9M£106.6M£76.3MAMERICASEMEAASIA PACIFICOil & GasMarinePowerPetrochemical & ChemicalOtherPetrochemical & ChemicalPetrochemical & Chemical account for approximately 10% of revenue. Our customers include many of the world’s leading chemical companies.Other marketsOther markets account for approximately 10% of revenue.  In these markets AVEVA’s  products drive efficiencies in complex and more technically sophisticated projects.OUR GLOBAL FOOTPRINTAVEVA OPERATES IN 30 COUNTRIES, ENABLING US TO SUPPORT CUSTOMERS LOCALLY ACROSS ALL OF THE WORLD’S MAJOR ECONOMIES.OUR MARKETSOur products are most applicable  in industries where scale and complexity are the greatest challenge. These include: Oil & Gas, Marine, Power, Petrochemical & Chemical, and other markets  such as AEC Fabrication, Paper & Pulp, Mining and Pharmaceuticals.KeyOil & GasOil & Gas accounts for around 40–45% of revenue. Our customers include nine out of  ten of the world’s leading Oil & Gas EPCs and the majority of  the largest Oil & Gas companies.MarineMarine accounts for approximately 20% of revenue. Our customers include nine  out of ten of the world’s  largest shipyards.PowerPower accounts for some 15–20% of revenue. Our customers include many  leading EPCs and power generation companies.CUSTOMER PROPOSITIONOur products are most applicable in industries where scale and complexity are the greatest challenge. Our success has been built on strong, long-term relationships with our customers, often spanning several decades. These relationships enable us to fully understand the industries we serve and ensure that our technology development strategy meets and anticipates our customers’ developing needs. Engineering & DesignOur software enables effective collaboration, increased confidence in engineering decisions, and the ability to manage change fast. For example, all collaborators can access and update one integrated system, change is managed quickly to avoid unnecessary iterations, and zero-clash modelling can be achieved by including laser data directly within the design.ProcureOur customers can keep information consistent across global engineering, design, materials management and procurement teams. For example, it is possible to define and control materials efficiently to avoid reworks, as well as the ability to share procurement contract management details within a centralised system to avoid disputes.BuildCustomers can increase the transparency of their construction processes with integration at all levels of the workforce. Our tools give managers better control through integrated workforce planning, enabling the right resources and the materials to be in place to maximise time, and accommodating changes easily.Revamp and refitOur tools make planning and implementing modifications quicker and easier, increasing efficiency and minimising downtime. The immersive 3D environment and real-time, integrated laser scanning capabilities allow asset and project information to be integrated, so revamps can be planned and deployed confidently. OperateCustomers can minimise operational risk, improve change management and increase asset intelligence using one easily accessible contextual digital information source. Change is managed effectively, as the physical asset is synchronised with its digital equivalent. This gives engineers a clear picture of full information context for all decisions in both normal and critical situations. HandoverOur customers can save time during familiarisation and streamline project handover from the EPC-managed phase to commissioning and start-up. For example, information is contextualised within the 3D world, saving valuable time during familiarisation and the cost of information handover management is reduced to near zero.01

SUMMARY, MISSION, HIGHLIGHTS

AVEVA IS A LEADING GLOBAL PROVIDER OF ENGINEERING DESIGN AND 
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE.

WE GIVE CUSTOMERS THE POWER TO CREATE, VISUALISE AND MANAGE 
THEIR ASSETS DIGITALLY, WHICH SIGNIFICANTLY LOWERS THEIR TOTAL 
COST OF OWNERSHIP THROUGHOUT THE ASSET LIFE CYCLE.

CONTENTS

Strategic Report
01  Summary, Mission, Highlights
02  Our Business Explained
04  Our Global Footprint
06  50 Years of Innovation
08  Strategic Framework
10  Chairman’s Statement
12  Market Review
14 
21  Key Performance Indicators
22  CTO’S Review
24  Finance Review
29  Principal Risks and Uncertainties
32  Corporate Responsibility

 Chief Executive’s Strategic Review

Governance Report
36  Corporate Governance
41  Nominations Committee Report
42  Board of Directors
44  Audit Committee Report
47 

 Remuneration 
Committee Report

67  Other Statutory Information

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Financial Statements
72 
77  Consolidated Income Statement
 Consolidated Statement of 
78 
Comprehensive Income
79  Consolidated Balance Sheet
 Consolidated Statement of 
80 
Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
 Consolidated Cash  
Flow Statement
 Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements
107  Company Balance Sheet
108 

82 

81 

 Company Statement of Changes 
in Shareholders’ Equity
 Notes to the Company  
Financial Statements

109 

112  Five Year Record
113 

 Statement of Group  
Accounting Policies
 Company Information  
and Advisers

FINANCIALS

£215.8M

Revenue 

£166.0M

Recurring revenue 

£55.0M

Adjusted profit before tax 

Up 7.1% (2016 – £201.5m)

Up 7.8% (2016 – £154.0m)

Up 7.4% (2016 – £51.2m)

£47.9M

Net cash from operating 
activities 

Up 97% (2016 – £24.3m)

£130.9M

Net cash 

Up 21.3% (2016 – £107.9m)

40.0 PENCE

Total dividend 

Up 11.1% (2016 – 36.0 
pence)

STRATEGIC

More than 3D (MT3D)
AVEVA’s MT3D sales grew strongly during 
the year, increasing 13%. MT3D products 
represented 26% of total revenue, 
increasing from 25% in the prior year.

Owner Operators (OOs)
AVEVA’s sales to OOs also grew strongly 
during the year, increasing 17%.  
OOs represented 16% of total revenue, 
increasing from 15% in the prior year.

Growth markets
AVEVA performed well in our target growth 
markets during the year. We enjoyed 
particular success in North America,  
where our local strategy of leading with 
sales to OOs and of MT3D products is 
working well.

Software as a Service (SaaS)
We launched our first public Cloud  
products AVEVA Connect™ and AVEVA  
NET Connect™ at the AVEVA World  
Summit in October 2016.

For further details of our strategy see pages 
8 and 9.

OPERATIONAL

Organisational structure
To sharpen our execution, greater  
decision-making capabilities and  
direct accountability for performance  
have been allocated to our regions.

123 

Enhanced Research & Development
While our R&D costs fell by 1.0% on a 
constant currency basis during 2016/17, 
this reflected efficiencies achieved through 
expanding our presence in Hyderabad, 
India and reducing costs in other locations. 
Overall capabilities were not reduced.

For further details of our operations see 
pages 22 and 23.

STRATEGIC REPORT02

OUR BUSINESS EXPLAINED

OUR VISION OF A CONSTANTLY-EVOLVING DIGITAL ASSET 
ENABLES OUR CUSTOMERS TO MANAGE THE PROCESS OF 
CONTINUAL CHANGE AS THEY DESIGN, BUILD AND OPERATE 
SOME OF THE WORLD’S MOST COMPLEX PHYSICAL ASSETS 
ACROSS THE PROCESS, PLANT AND MARINE INDUSTRIES.

WE DRAW ON  
OUR STRENGTHS…

TECHNOLOGY
At the core of AVEVA’s business is  
the intellectual property in our  
software products. 

PEOPLE
AVEVA has highly skilled employees 
across the globe, ranging from those  
with decades of technical experience  
to talented graduates. 

GLOBAL FOOTPRINT
AVEVA has a global network of 50  
offices in 30 countries, meaning that  
we can provide customers with local  
sales and support in all of the world’s 
major economies. 

CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS
We have over 4,000 customers  
including many of the world’s leading 
Owner Operators, EPCs, shipbuilders  
and industrial conglomerates. Many  
of these customers have relied on our 
technology for decades.

RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
AVEVA has a 50 year track record of 
developing industry-leading products.

…TO POWER OUR BUSINESS…

RESILIENT 
RECURRING 
REVENUE

Right-to-use  
licensing model

Customers license our software for a specified 
number of users by paying an initial licence fee 
followed by an obligatory annual fee or by paying 
a rental fee over a fixed period of time. In both 
cases, the customer has to continue to pay a 
fee in order to use the software. This model 
continues to provide a strong recurring revenue 
base for AVEVA which allows us to invest in a 
future roadmap of our products.

ONGOING 
INNOVATION

We create and develop 
mission-critical, 
differentiated products

LONG-TERM 
GROWTH

We aim to deliver  
solid organic growth  
into the long term

VALUE 
CREATION

We aim to deliver  
profitable growth

AVEVA has 637 highly skilled research and 
development staff, primarily based in our 
core Cambridge and Hyderabad centres.  
We delivered a number of important new 
products and product upgrades in 2017.

Our investments in innovation have delivered 
solid growth across end market cycles.

The value that our products add to our 
customers allows AVEVA to achieve high 
operating margins, high returns on capital 
and strong cash generation.

OUR VALUES

ACCESSIBLE
We are accessible and respond 
effectively to our customers’ needs.

FLEXIBLE
We are responsive and quick to  
react to the changing requirements  
of our customers.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017 
 
 
 
03

77%

Recurring revenue in 2017

For more information 
see pages 24 to 28

£31.9M

2017 Research &  
Development spend 

For more information 
see pages 22 to 23

8.6%

2017 revenue CAGR  
in the ten years to 2017

For more information 
see pages 14 to 20

Oil & Gas

Marine

Petrochemical & 
Chemical

Power

Other

122%

Conversion of net profit  
into cash in 2017 

For more information 
see pages 24 to 28

… AND DELIVER VALUE  

TO OUR STAKEHOLDERS

CUSTOMERS
AVEVA’s innovation means  
that our customers can make 
informed, confident decisions  
at every stage of the project  
life cycle with our Digital Asset 
approach. Every step of an 
asset’s life cycle is an opportunity 
to work faster, act smarter, 
reduce risk and save costs.

INVESTORS
AVEVA has consistently delivered 
value for its investors.

11%

Proposed increase in  
AVEVA’s 2017 total dividend

AVEVA Connect and 
AVEVA NET Connect

Our first public Cloud 
products launched at 
the AVEVA World 
Summit in October 
2016.

180%

Total Shareholder 
Return achieved in  
the ten years to  
31 March 2017

EMPLOYEES
Our well-established learning and 
development programmes 
continue to provide a range of 
opportunities for our employees.

1,707

AVEVA  
employees globally

COMMUNITY
We are proud of our AVEVA 
colleagues who continue to 
support many local, national and 
international charities. We match 
the funding raised by employees 
who support local charities.

£45K

Donations to charity 
from AVEVA and its 
employees in 2017

Pages 32 to 34

INNOVATIVE
We continually create innovative 
products and services to maximise 
the success of our customers.

INSPIRING
Our enthusiasm and energy are an 
inspiration for our customers.

TRUSTWORTHY
We have credibility in the market and 
are trusted by our customers.

STRATEGIC REPORT04

OUR GLOBAL FOOTPRINT

AVEVA OPERATES IN 30 COUNTRIES, ENABLING US TO 
SUPPORT CUSTOMERS LOCALLY ACROSS ALL OF THE 
WORLD’S MAJOR ECONOMIES.

OUR MARKETS

Our products are most applicable  
in industries where scale and 
complexity are the greatest 
challenge. These include: Oil & Gas, 
Marine, Power, Petrochemical & 
Chemical, and other markets  
such as AEC Fabrication, Paper & 
Pulp, Mining and Pharmaceuticals.

Key

Oil & Gas

Marine

Power

Petrochemical & 
Chemical

Other

EMEA

£106.6M

AMERICAS

£32.9M

ASIA PACIFIC

£76.3M

Oil & Gas
Oil & Gas accounts for around 
40–45% of revenue. Our 
customers include nine out of  
ten of the world’s leading Oil & 
Gas EPCs and the majority of  
the largest Oil & Gas companies.

Marine
Marine accounts for 
approximately 20% of revenue. 
Our customers include nine  
out of ten of the world’s  
largest shipyards.

Power
Power accounts for some 
15–20% of revenue. Our 
customers include many  
leading EPCs and power 
generation companies.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201705

CUSTOMER PROPOSITION

Our products are most applicable in industries where 
scale and complexity are the greatest challenge. 
Our success has been built on strong, long-term 
relationships with our customers, often spanning 
several decades. These relationships enable us to 
fully understand the industries we serve and ensure 
that our technology development strategy meets 
and anticipates our customers’ developing needs. 

Engineering & Design
Our software enables effective collaboration, 
increased confidence in engineering decisions, 
and the ability to manage change fast. For 
example, all collaborators can access and update 
one integrated system, change is managed 
quickly to avoid unnecessary iterations, and 
zero-clash modelling can be achieved by 
including laser data directly within the design.

Procure
Our customers can keep information consistent 
across global engineering, design, materials 
management and procurement teams. For example, 
it is possible to define and control materials 
efficiently to avoid reworks, as well as the ability to 
share procurement contract management details 
within a centralised system to avoid disputes.

Build
Customers can increase the transparency of 
their construction processes with integration 
at all levels of the workforce. Our tools give 
managers better control through integrated 
workforce planning, enabling the right resources 
and the materials to be in place to maximise 
time, and accommodating changes easily.

Revamp and refit
Our tools make planning and implementing 
modifications quicker and easier, increasing 
efficiency and minimising downtime. The immersive 
3D environment and real-time, integrated laser 
scanning capabilities allow asset and project 
information to be integrated, so revamps can 
be planned and deployed confidently. 

Operate
Customers can minimise operational risk, 
improve change management and increase asset 
intelligence using one easily accessible contextual 
digital information source. Change is managed 
effectively, as the physical asset is synchronised 
with its digital equivalent. This gives engineers 
a clear picture of full information context for all 
decisions in both normal and critical situations. 

Handover
Our customers can save time during familiarisation 
and streamline project handover from the EPC-
managed phase to commissioning and start-
up. For example, information is contextualised 
within the 3D world, saving valuable time during 
familiarisation and the cost of information 
handover management is reduced to near zero.

EMEA

£106.6M

AMERICAS

£32.9M

ASIA PACIFIC

£76.3M

Petrochemical & Chemical
Petrochemical & Chemical 
account for approximately 10% 
of revenue. Our customers 
include many of the world’s 
leading chemical companies.

Other markets
Other markets account for 
approximately 10% of revenue.  
In these markets AVEVA’s  
products drive efficiencies in 
complex and more technically 
sophisticated projects.

STRATEGIC REPORT06

50 YEARS OF INNOVATION

AVEVA IS NOW INTO ITS 50TH YEAR, HAVING 
BEEN FOUNDED IN 1967 AS A GOVERNMENT-
FUNDED RESEARCH INSTITUTE CREATED BY 
THE THEN UK MINISTRY OF TECHNOLOGY  
AT CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY. 

The Company’s original mission, to develop computer-aided 
design techniques for use by British industry, has been 
achieved and indeed greatly exceeded. The Group now 
operates in 30 countries across the globe and provides  
the design technology that has created countless 
engineering assets.

1967
Established as CADCentre.

1976
World’s first 3D Plant 
Design and Management 
System (PDMS™) – with 
object-based engineering 
database.

1979
World’s first intelligent 
P&ID system (PEGS) 
launched at ACHEMA.

9
7
9
1
-
7
6
9
1

Installed at CADCentre in 1967, the Atlas 2 
computer represented the state-of-the-art 
in processing power both in British and in 
worldwide computing.

2001
World’s first plant design system 
for concurrent global project 
execution (PDMS Global).

2001
CADCentre changes its name  
to AVEVA.

2002
AVEVA introduces  
3D streaming technology  
to view plant models.

2004
AVEVA acquires Tribon Solutions, 
the leading marine design 
software and services provider.

5
0
0
2
-
0
0
0
2

The ground-breaking REVIEW system 
provided real-time interactive 3D graphics, 
enabling project teams to quickly become 
familiar with a design.

HyperPlant pioneered the use of Internet 
technology to provide remote online 
access to plant models created in PDMS.

A model of a process plant being interactively 
designed in PDMS.

9
9
9
1
-
0
8
9
1

1983
CADCentre becomes a 
private company.

1988
World’s first plant  
walk-through 
visualisation system.

1992
World’s first interactive  
full colour shaded plant 
design system.

1994
CADCentre  
management buyout.

1996
CADCentre Group plc  
listed on London  
Stock Exchange.

1997
World’s first Internet-based 
collaborative plant design 
solution (HyperPlant).

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20172010
AVEVA acquires Logimatic 
MARS and ADB Systemer AS.

2011
AVEVA acquires Z+F UK Ltd 
(LFM Software), adding 
next-generation laser-scanning 
capability to our product suite.

2012
AVEVA acquires Bocad,  
adding advanced structural 
detailing software to AVEVA’s 
plant and marine solutions.

2012
AVEVA acquires the class-
leading 3D visualisation 
technology of Global Majic 
Software Inc.

2
1
0
2
-
0
1
0
2

AVEVA Engage utilises a uniquely simple touch-
driven interface to provide unrivalled decision 
support through the life of an industrial asset.

AVEVA pioneered the development of laser 
scanning technology.

CADCentre changed its name to AVEVA in 2001.

9
0
0
2
-
6
0
0
2

2006
AVEVA enters the FTSE 250 on 
the London Stock Exchange. 

2006
AVEVA launches Laser Model 
Interface™, providing the  
world’s first direct interaction  
with laser-scanned 3D  
plant models.

2008
AVEVA announces world’s  
first open standards-based 
integration of P&ID and  
3D design modelling.

2009
AVEVA combines its information 
management solutions into the 
single brand AVEVA NET™.

2009
AVEVA acquires  
iDesignOffice Pty Ltd.

07

AVEVA Everything3D is the Company’s next- 
generation process plant design system.

6
1
0
2
-
3
1
0
2

2013
AVEVA Everything3D™ 
(AVEVA E3D™) launched, 
the next generation of  
plant design software.

2014
AVEVA launches AVEVA  
E3D Insight™, the world’s 
first tablet app for project 
review and approval.

2015
AVEVA acquires 8over8, 
provider of contractual risk 
management solutions for 
organisations that design, 
build and operate high  
value assets.

2015
AVEVA acquires FabTrol,  
a provider of fabrication 
management software for 
structural steel fabricators.

2015
AVEVA releases AVEVA 
Engage™, a ground-
breaking new class of 
decision support solution.

2016 
AVEVA announces AVEVA 
Connect, its delivery 
platform for the Digital 
Asset in the Cloud.

AVEVA E3D Insight was the world’s  
first Windows 8.1 touchscreen app for 
project review and approval of AVEVA 
design models.

STRATEGIC REPORT08

STRATEGIC FRAMEWORK

NOTWITHSTANDING THE CYCLICAL HEADWINDS IN END 
MARKETS THAT AVEVA HAS EXPERIENCED IN THE RECENT 
PAST, WE EXPECT OUR STRATEGY TO DELIVER SOLID 
ORGANIC GROWTH INTO THE LONG TERM.

Our strategy is to increase 
revenues by expanding the 
addressable market as the 
concept of the Digital Asset 
is more widely adopted, 
to sell a wider range of 
products, and to grow in 
industry and geographic 
verticals where the Group’s 
market share is underweight, 
versus the strength of its 
product offering.

This strategy is organised 
around the pillars shown 
opposite of More than 3D, 
Owner Operators, Growth 
Markets, Broadening Market 
Exposure and Software as a 
Service (SaaS) and the Cloud.

Link to KPIs
Our success in executing our 
strategy ultimately feeds into 
our KPIs (see page 21) which 
track our long-term aim of 
delivering sustainable, 
profitable growth.

James Kidd
Chief Executive Officer

Strategic priority

1 MT3D

More than 3D

AVEVA’s core sales are in the area of 3D Plant 
and Marine design. We aim to grow sales of 
other design tools such as AVEVA Electrical, 
AVEVA Engineering and information 
management tools such as AVEVA NET to 
address the whole life cycle of industrial assets.

What we said

What we did

 – We see a major market 

 – We grew MT3D sales strongly during the year with 

opportunity in leveraging our 

customer base by selling 

additional engineering software 

tools, outside of AVEVA’s core  

3D design platforms.

an increase of 2.1% on a constant currency basis. 

Sales of our wider product suite have been a feature 

of this year’s key customer wins, with, for example, 

the AVEVA NET and AVEVA Engage information 

management tools helping to strengthen our offer 

26%

Revenues from  

MT3D in 2017 

to OOs.

2  OWNER 

OPERATORS

OOs such as energy and power generation 
companies currently account for only 16%  
of our revenue.

 – A significant market opportunity 

 – AVEVA’s sales to OOs also grew strongly during the 

is developing as OOs increasingly 

year, increasing 5.4% on a constant currency basis.

adopt Digital Assets to help them 

manage their physical assets 

throughout their life cycles.

 – We won some impressive new customer logos 

from our competitors during the year, which 

demonstrates the strength of our technology 

offering for OOs.

16%

Revenues from  

Owner Operators  

in 2017 

3 GROWTH  
MARKETS

AVEVA generates almost 50% of its revenue 
from EMEA. This largely reflects our heritage  
as a UK-based company and indicates an 
opportunity to take a larger share of the  
global market.

4 BROADENING  

MARKET  
EXPOSURE

AVEVA’s core heritage is Oil & Gas and 
particularly upstream, offshore. However, our 
technology is well suited to a wide range of 
industries, offering exciting growth 
opportunities.

5 SAAS AND  
THE CLOUD

We intend to unify all of our applications onto a 
common Cloud platform to enhance ease of 
customer adoption and address a wider 
customer base.

 – We intend to grow our  

 – AVEVA performed well in our target growth markets 

revenues in key markets such  

during the year. We enjoyed success in North 

as the USA, the Middle East and 

America, where our local strategy of leading with 

China, using the competitive 

advantages that our products 

offer.

sales to OOs and of MT3D products is working well 

and resulted in key new customer wins, including 

Southern Company and one of the world’s leading 

industrial conglomerates. Although we continue to 

see growth potential in China, our business there 

performed less well during the year, while achieving 

a solid performance in the Middle East.

 – We aim to grow our market share 

 – We achieved key new customer wins in the  

in industries beyond our core Oil 

Power market.

& Gas and Marine markets.

 – We grew revenues from Fabrication strongly.

 – While AVEVA’s business model 

 – We launched our first public Cloud products  

already has the high level of 

recurring subscription revenues 

typically associated with Cloud 

delivery, we aim to be 

technologically ready to offer our 

products on a SaaS model in 

response to customer demand.

AVEVA Connect and AVEVA NET Connect at  

the AVEVA World Summit in October 2016.

 – We will soon be launching our Information 

Standards Management (ISM) software in  

the Cloud.

18.9%

Constant currency 

revenue growth in 

North America 

10.0%

Constant currency 

increase in steel  

fabrication revenue  

in 2017 

77%

AVEVA’s recurring  

revenues in 2017 

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201709

Strategic priority

1 MT3D

More than 3D

AVEVA’s core sales are in the area of 3D Plant 

and Marine design. We aim to grow sales of 

other design tools such as AVEVA Electrical, 

AVEVA Engineering and information 

management tools such as AVEVA NET to 

address the whole life cycle of industrial assets.

What we said

What we did

 – We see a major market 

opportunity in leveraging our 
customer base by selling 
additional engineering software 
tools, outside of AVEVA’s core  
3D design platforms.

 – We grew MT3D sales strongly during the year with 
an increase of 2.1% on a constant currency basis. 
Sales of our wider product suite have been a feature 
of this year’s key customer wins, with, for example, 
the AVEVA NET and AVEVA Engage information 
management tools helping to strengthen our offer 
to OOs.

26%

Revenues from  
MT3D in 2017 

2  OWNER 

OPERATORS

OOs such as energy and power generation 

companies currently account for only 16%  

of our revenue.

 – A significant market opportunity 

is developing as OOs increasingly 
adopt Digital Assets to help them 
manage their physical assets 
throughout their life cycles.

 – AVEVA’s sales to OOs also grew strongly during the 
year, increasing 5.4% on a constant currency basis.

 – We won some impressive new customer logos 
from our competitors during the year, which 
demonstrates the strength of our technology 
offering for OOs.

16%

Revenues from  
Owner Operators  
in 2017 

3 GROWTH  

MARKETS

AVEVA generates almost 50% of its revenue 

from EMEA. This largely reflects our heritage  

as a UK-based company and indicates an 

opportunity to take a larger share of the  

global market.

4 BROADENING  

MARKET  

EXPOSURE

AVEVA’s core heritage is Oil & Gas and 

particularly upstream, offshore. However, our 

technology is well suited to a wide range of 

industries, offering exciting growth 

opportunities.

5 SAAS AND  

THE CLOUD

We intend to unify all of our applications onto a 

common Cloud platform to enhance ease of 

customer adoption and address a wider 

customer base.

 – We intend to grow our  

 – AVEVA performed well in our target growth markets 

revenues in key markets such  
as the USA, the Middle East and 
China, using the competitive 
advantages that our products 
offer.

during the year. We enjoyed success in North 
America, where our local strategy of leading with 
sales to OOs and of MT3D products is working well 
and resulted in key new customer wins, including 
Southern Company and one of the world’s leading 
industrial conglomerates. Although we continue to 
see growth potential in China, our business there 
performed less well during the year, while achieving 
a solid performance in the Middle East.

 – We aim to grow our market share 
in industries beyond our core Oil 
& Gas and Marine markets.

 – We achieved key new customer wins in the  

Power market.

 – We grew revenues from Fabrication strongly.

 – While AVEVA’s business model 
already has the high level of 
recurring subscription revenues 
typically associated with Cloud 
delivery, we aim to be 
technologically ready to offer our 
products on a SaaS model in 
response to customer demand.

 – We launched our first public Cloud products  
AVEVA Connect and AVEVA NET Connect at  
the AVEVA World Summit in October 2016.

 – We will soon be launching our Information 
Standards Management (ISM) software in  
the Cloud.

18.9%

Constant currency 
revenue growth in 
North America 

10.0%

Constant currency 
increase in steel  
fabrication revenue  
in 2017 

77%

AVEVA’s recurring  
revenues in 2017 

STRATEGIC REPORT10

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

AVEVA DELIVERED A RESILIENT PERFORMANCE DURING THE YEAR. 
WE WILL CONTINUE TO TARGET GROWTH, STRENGTHENING 
CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS, WINNING NEW CUSTOMERS AND 
DEVELOPING OUR PRODUCT PORTFOLIO.

I am pleased to report that AVEVA 
delivered a resilient performance 
during 2016/17, despite two of our key 
end markets, Oil & Gas and Marine, 
remaining subdued. Revenue increased 
7.1% to £215.8 million (2016 – £201.5 
million) assisted by currency translation 
and profit before tax was £46.9 million 
(2016 – £29.4 million), supported by 
strong cost discipline. On an adjusted 
basis, profit before tax grew 7.4% to 
£55.0 million (2016 – £51.2 million). 

The Group also increased cash from 
operating activities by 58.2% to  
£57.2 million (2016 – £36.1 million). 
We are maintaining our progressive 
dividend policy and propose to 
increase the total dividend for the 
year to 40.0 pence per share (2016 
– 36.0 pence). This represents an 
increase of 11.1% over the prior year, 
underpinned by our confidence in the 
long-term prospects for the business.

AVEVA’s net cash position at the year 
end grew to £130.9 million  
(2016 – £107.9 million). The Board 
believes that it is important to maintain 
a strong balance sheet. This gives our 
customers confidence in the strength 
of our business and allows us to have  
at hand sufficient resources to  
invest in AVEVA’s future growth, for 
example, by investing in Research & 
Development and capitalising on 
acquisition opportunities as they 
become available.

58.2%

Increase in cash from 
operating activities before tax

11.1%

Increase in total dividend 

Delivering on our strategy
In addition to delivering solid 
results, we have remained focused 
on executing upon our strategy, in 
order to position AVEVA to achieve 
growth well into the future.

AVEVA achieved good momentum in 
sales of products beyond the core 3D 
design software that currently makes 
up the majority of our revenue. We 
also made good progress with our 
strategy of increasing our sales to 
Owner Operators (OOs), growth in 
the key North American market and 
in broadening our market exposure 
outside of Oil & Gas and Marine. For 
example, during the year we had 
considerable success in the Power 
market, winning contracts with 
companies including KEPCO E&C, 
Southern Company and TerraPower.

These successes were made possible 
by the strength of our technologies 
and people. We continued to 
enhance our existing products and 
develop new offerings during the year 
through our development centres 
in Cambridge and Hyderabad. 

Board developments
At the end of 2016, after 33 years 
with the Group and 17 years as Chief 
Executive, Richard Longdon stepped 
down from his role as Chief Executive 
and as a Director of the Company. 
Richard oversaw the most successful 
phase in AVEVA’s history and was 
the driving force in developing it 
into a global company. The Board 
and I are grateful to Richard for his 
contribution to AVEVA’s success.

Philip Aiken
Chairman

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201711

We were delighted to appoint James 
Kidd as Deputy Chief Executive 
in July and as Richard’s successor 
as Chief Executive from 1 January 
2017. James had been Chief 
Financial Officer and a member of 
the Board since January 2011.

We were also pleased to appoint 
David Ward to the Board as James’ 
successor in the role of Chief Financial 
Officer in July. David had been Head 
of Finance at AVEVA since 2011.

James and David were both key to 
developing AVEVA’s strategy and I 
have been impressed with the sharp 
focus that they have demonstrated 
in executing it in their new roles.

We also had changes within our Non-
Executive team. Jonathan Brooks and 
Philip Dayer both reached their nine-
year tenures during the year. Jonathan 
stepped down from the Board in 
November 2016 and Philip will retire 
at the AGM in July 2017. I would like 
to thank them both on behalf of the 
Board for their contributions to AVEVA.

We welcomed two new Non-Executives 
to the Board. Christopher Humphrey 
joined the Board in July 2016 and 
assumed the role of Chair of the Audit 
Committee in November. Rohinton 
(Ron) Mobed was appointed to the 
Board in March 2017. Christopher and 
Ron have a wealth of technology and 
information management experience, 
which will add further breadth and 
depth to the skills of the Board.

Summary
AVEVA is now in its 50th year, having 
been founded in 1967 as a government-
funded research institute created by 
the then UK Ministry of Technology at 
Cambridge University. The Company’s 
original mission, to develop computer-
aided design techniques for use by 
British industry, has been achieved 
and indeed greatly exceeded.

The Group now operates in more 
than 30 countries across the globe 
and provides the design technology 
that has created some of the 
world’s largest and most complex 
engineering assets. As I look ahead, 
the opportunities are as exciting as 
they have ever been, as industries 
look to drive efficiencies by adopting 
a Digital Asset approach throughout 
the life cycle of the physical asset.

We will continue to target growth, 
strengthening customer relationships, 
winning new customers in new areas 
and developing our product portfolio.

AVEVA’s progress would not be possible 
without the hard work and dedication 
of all our employees. The Board would 
like to express its sincere thanks for 
their considerable efforts. We would 
also like to thank our customers, 
shareholders and other stakeholders 
for their continued support.

Philip Aiken AM
Chairman
23 May 2017 

STRATEGIC REPORT12

MARKET REVIEW

AVEVA’S KEY END MARKETS ARE OIL & GAS, MARINE, POWER, AND 
PETROCHEMICAL & CHEMICAL. OTHER MARKETS WE SERVE INCLUDE 
FABRICATION, PAPER & PULP, MINING, AND PHARMACEUTICALS.  
OIL & GAS ACCOUNTS FOR APPROXIMATELY 40–45% OF REVENUE, 
MARINE 20%, POWER 15–20%, PETROCHEMICAL & CHEMICAL 10% AND 
THE REMAINDER 10%.

Over time, the industries that we 
serve are growing, although Oil & 
Gas and Marine have historically 
seen substantial cyclical peaks 
and troughs in capital spend.

We aim to outperform the end-market 
growth of the industries that we 
serve as technology, particularly the 
concept of the Digital Asset, is more 
widely adopted throughout the life 
cycles of physical assets. In time this 
will grow the addressable market.

KEY MARKETS

Oil & Gas

Oil & Gas
Oil & Gas industry end-market demand 
was weak, with global industry capital 
expenditure falling by over 40% between 
calendar 2014 and calendar 2016. 
(Sources: Barclays, Bank of America 
Merrill Lynch).

This decline had a significant impact on 
the workloads of our EPC customers, 
with the more complex (and therefore 
design-intensive) upstream and offshore 
projects being impacted the most by 
lower oil prices. This, in turn, led to some 
consolidation in our customer base.

These developments impacted demand 
for our software. EPC customers tend  
to favour a rental model for software, 
meaning that their spend with  
AVEVA adjusts to market demand 
relatively quickly.

The oil price did, however, rise towards  
the end of calendar 2016, helping to 
underpin a view that industry capital 
expenditure might start to recover in 
calendar 2017.

Market drivers and opportunities
•  Wider adoption of the Digital Asset 
throughout the life cycle of physical 
assets beyond the design phase.
•  A cyclical recovery in industry-wide 
capital expenditure to maintain oil 
reserve levels.

•  An increase in long-term global 

energy consumption.

Marine
The Marine market also experienced 
very weak demand during our 2017 
financial year. New ship orders were 
more than halved in calendar 2016 
versus 2015 (Source: Clarksons 
Research). Notwithstanding this, 
AVEVA’s performance was resilient. We 
have strong long-term relationships 
with our customers, with nine out of 
ten of the world’s leading shipyards 
choosing AVEVA products. These yards 
have mostly maintained their software 
licences during the cyclical downturn in 
the expectation of a recovery in future 
years. Clarksons Research forecasts a 
recovery in new ship orders globally, 
with strong annual growth off the low 
calendar year 2016 base out to 2020. 

Market drivers and opportunities
•  A cyclical recovery in shipbuilding as 
older ships are replaced by newer, 
more efficient vessels.

•  Strength in market sub-sectors,  

such as Naval and Cruise.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017STRATEGIC REPORT

13

Key

Oil & Gas

Marine

Power

Petrochemical & 
Chemical

Other

Power
We saw strength in the Power 
market with several significant 
new contract wins during the year. 
Longer-term trends in Power are 
positive as the world’s emerging 
economies invest in their power-
generation requirements and the 
ageing infrastructure of the developed 
world is maintained or replaced.

In the shorter term, AVEVA has 
benefited from market share gains 
and more demanding technology 
requirements from operators in the 
sector for both design and information 
management tools, as they seek 
to improve asset efficiency.

Petrochemical & Chemical
We saw stability in the Petrochemical & 
Chemical markets during the year, with 
AVEVA achieving some key customer 
wins. We expect to see moderate 
growth over the medium term.

We saw ongoing investment in the 
sector during the year, particularly in 
Asia, with stable market conditions on 
a global basis. AVEVA enjoyed success 
in winning new OO customers in Asia 
during the year in the refining sector.

Other markets
These markets include Fabrication,  
Paper & Pulp, Mining and  
Pharmaceutical.

We enjoyed good customer wins in 
the Paper & Pulp, Pharmaceutical 
and Fabrication sectors.

Market drivers and opportunities
•  Growing demand for power in 

emerging economies.

•  Replacement of end-of-life power 
stations in developed markets.
•  Wider adoption of the Digital Asset 
throughout the life cycle of physical 
assets beyond the design phase.

Market drivers and opportunities
•  Wider adoption of the Digital Asset 
throughout the life cycle of physical 
assets beyond the design phase.
•  Growth in demand in emerging 

Market drivers and opportunities
•  Wider adoption of the Digital Asset 
throughout the life cycle of physical 
assets beyond the design phase.
•  Greater adoption of the Digital Asset 

economies.

•  Long-term global GDP growth.

within industries such as 
Architecture, Engineering and 
Construction.

•  Long-term global GDP growth and 
cyclical strength in industries such  
as Mining.

14

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STRATEGIC REVIEW

WHILST CONDITIONS REMAIN CHALLENGING IN 
OUR CORE OIL & GAS AND MARINE MARKETS,  
OUR BUSINESS HAS SEEN EXCELLENT SUCCESSES 
IN OUR KEY GROWTH INDUSTRIES.

“ WE MADE GOOD 
PROGRESS IN 
DELIVERING AGAINST 
OUR STRATEGY DURING 
THE YEAR AND IN 
STRUCTURING THE 
BUSINESS TO ENABLE 
FUTURE GROWTH” 

As expected, AVEVA’s financial 
performance was resilient despite the 
challenging conditions in our core end 
markets. In addition to delivering solid 
results, we made good progress in 
delivering against our strategy during 
the year and in structuring the business 
to enable future growth. Revenue 
increased 7.1% to £215.8 million (2016 
– £201.5 million), assisted by a currency
translation benefit of 11.4%. Profit
before tax grew to £46.9 million (2016
– £29.4 million), supported by a strong
focus on cost control. On an adjusted
basis, profit before tax grew 7.4% to 
£55.0 million (2016 – £51.2 million).

On a regional basis, revenue in the 
Americas grew due to a strong 
performance in North America, partly 
offset by difficult market conditions 
in Latin America, specifically in Brazil. 
AVEVA’s performance in EMEA and Asia 
Pacific was robust in the context of the 
subdued Oil & Gas and Marine markets. 
Overall Group revenue declined in 
constant currency terms by 3.8%, 
although we did see an improvement 
in the second half. Excluding Latin 
America, Group revenue declined only 
2.3% in constant currency terms for the 
full year, and was flat in the second half.

We made good progress in executing 
our strategy. On a constant currency 
basis, we delivered good growth with 
More Than 3D (MT3D), Owner 
Operators and sales to the Power 
sector.

The strength of our product offering 
was demonstrated by several key 
new business wins during the year. 
These included wins in both markets 
that offer growth opportunities 
for us and in our more mature 
product and geographic areas.

During the year, I took over as CEO and 
David Ward transitioned to the post of 
CFO. We have both been in the 
business for many years and were core 
to formulating AVEVA’s strategy. We 
plan to continue to pursue this strategy, 
with a sharp focus on execution and 
getting closer to our customers. As 
part of this, I have simplified AVEVA’s 
management structure with greater 
decision-making capabilities and direct 
accountability for performance being 
allocated to our regions. I have also 
added more customer-facing people to 
our Executive team, including a recently 
recruited Chief Revenue Officer, who 
will take overall responsibility for 
leading Global Sales, Partnership 
Management and Marketing.

11.4%

Constant currency growth 
in Power revenue 

5.4%

Constant currency growth in 
Owner Operator revenue

James Kidd
Chief Executive Officer

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017STRATEGIC REPORT
STRATEGIC REPORT

15
15

Delivery against our strategy 
AVEVA’s strategy is to increase 
revenues by growing the addressable 
market for its products as the concept 
of the Digital Asset is more widely 
adopted; to sell a wider range of 
products; and to grow in industry and 
geographic verticals where the Group’s 
market share is underweight, versus 
the strength of its product offering.

Notwithstanding the cyclical headwinds 
in end markets that AVEVA has 
experienced in the recent past, we 
expect our strategy to deliver solid 
organic growth in the long term, across 
end market cycles.

The building blocks of this strategy  
are as follows.

•  More than 3D: We see a major 

market opportunity in leveraging our 
customer base and market position 
by selling additional engineering 
software tools, extending beyond 
our core 3D design platforms. 
Further to this, information 
management tools such as AVEVA 
NET, can generate revenue 
throughout the operation life cycle 
of assets, therefore expanding the 
market that we address. 

•  Owner Operators: OOs such as 
energy and power generation 
companies currently only account 
for approximately 16% of our 
revenue. However, a significant 
market opportunity is developing as 
OOs increasingly adopt the Digital 
Asset concept to help them manage 
their physical assets throughout 
their life cycles. 

•  Growth markets: AVEVA generates 
approximately half of its revenue 
from EMEA. This largely relates to 
our heritage as a UK-based 
company. Over time, we intend to 
grow our revenues in key markets 
such as the USA and China, using 
the competitive advantages that our 
products offer. 

•  Broaden market exposure: We  
aim to grow our market share in 
industries beyond our core Oil & Gas 
and Marine markets, with a particular 
focus, in the short term, on Power, 
by applying the strength of our core 
technology and the rich knowledge 
of our people in these markets. 

•  Software as a Service (SaaS) and the 
Cloud: We intend to unify all of our 
applications onto a common Cloud 
platform to provide greater value to 
our customers and address a wider 
customer base.

CASE STUDY

GROWTH MARKETS

AVEVA is an established global company with 50 offices in 
30 countries. As such, we can provide customers with local 
sales and support in all of the world’s major economies. 
Notwithstanding this, AVEVA was not the first mover in 
some of the world’s key growth markets and therefore  
has underweight positions due to the ‘stickiness’ of 
customers to incumbent providers. 

We believe that our products offer a strong advantage  
over competing offerings, due to their inherent integration 
based on our leading object-modelling technology, which 
reduces complexity and lowers the total cost of ownership 
for our customers. Our strategy is therefore to apply our 
competitive advantage to gain share in key target markets. 
We are enjoying considerable success in North America, 
where our strategy of leading with sales to Owner 
Operators, often with innovative MT3D product offerings,  
is delivering strong results.

18.9%

“ KEY GROWTH MARKET SUCCESSES 
DURING THE YEAR INCLUDED EXPANDING 
OUR BUSINESS WITH SOUTHERN 
COMPANY IN THE USA AND SINOPEC  
ENGINEERING GROUP IN CHINA.”

For details of our strategy see pages 8 to 9.

AVEVA’s constant currency growth in North America

WWW.AVEVA.COM

 
16

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STRATEGIC REVIEW CONTINUED

Growth markets
We enjoyed success in North 
America, where our local strategy 
of leading with sales to OOs and 
of MT3D products is working well, 
and we achieved significant new 
business wins. The business grew by 
18.9% during the year on a constant 
currency basis. We continue to see 
growth potential in China, where 
successes during the year included 
expanding our business with Sinopec 
Engineering Group, which adopted 
AVEVA’s Integrated Engineering and 
Design solution for effective design, 
collaboration and improved efficiency. 
However, overall our business there 
was broadly flat during the year, 
being impacted by tougher market 
conditions, particularly in shipbuilding.

Broaden market exposure
We made good progress during the 
year in broadening our market exposure 
away from the cyclical Oil & Gas and 
Marine end markets. We enjoyed 
particular success in Power where 
revenue increased 11.4% on a constant 
currency basis during the year. Our 
software is well suited to creating and 
managing large complex projects, 
such as gas powered and nuclear 
power stations. During the year, we 
achieved several key wins within the 
Power market with Southern Company 
and TerraPower in the USA, KEPCO 
EPC in Korea and Japan Nuclear Fuel. 
We also achieved success in Paper & 
Pulp, where Valmet, the leading global 
developer and supplier of technologies, 
automation and services for the pulp, 
paper and energy industries, signed a 
multi-year agreement for AVEVA E3D.

AVEVA also enjoyed success in the 
steel fabrication market where sales 
increased by 10.0% on a constant 
currency basis as we continue to 
integrate and leverage the Bocad 
and FabTrol acquisitions.

More than 3D ‘MT3D’
AVEVA’s MT3D sales grew during the 
year, increasing 2.1% on a constant 
currency basis. MT3D products 
represented 26.5% of total revenue, 
increasing from 25.2% in the prior 
year. Sales of our wider product suite 
have been a feature of this year’s key 
customer wins, with for example 
the AVEVA NET and AVEVA Engage 
information management tools helping 
to strengthen our offer to OOs.

We are also achieving success 
in leveraging our existing EPC 
(Engineering, Procurement and 
Construction) customer base to sell 
MT3D products. We have developed 
our technology to help deliver 
Building Information Management 
(BIM) projects in Infrastructure – 
not only to help satisfy any BIM 
mandate, but also to support faster, 
more effective project execution 
and handover through improved 
data management. A good example 
is Jacobs, who have used AVEVA 
technologies (AVEVA NET, AVEVA 
Engineering™ and AVEVA Information 
Standards Manager™) to meet their 
client’s information management 
and BIM level 2 requirements, and 
to achieve efficiency improvements 
for a UK highways project.

Owner Operators
AVEVA’s sales to OOs also grew during 
the year, increasing 5.4% on a constant 
currency basis. OOs represented 
16.2% of total revenue, increasing 
from 14.9% in the prior year. We had 
particular success in North America and 
Asia, where we won contracts in the 
Petrochemical & Chemical and Power 
sectors. These included KEPCO E&C, a 
leading global energy solutions provider 
based in South Korea, which chose 
AVEVA for a full range of 3D and MT3D 
design and information management 
products for its new nuclear power 
plant projects. Similarly, another leading 
power generation OO, Southern 
Company, in the USA, selected our 
design and information management 
tools to help improve project execution 
efficiency and asset information 
access. Meanwhile, we strengthened 
our relationship with Eastman, a 
global speciality chemical company.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201717

“ ON A CONSTANT 
CURRENCY BASIS,  
WE DELIVERED GOOD 
GROWTH WITH MORE 
THAN 3D (MT3D),  
OOs AND SALES TO 
THE POWER SECTOR” 

SaaS and the Cloud
While AVEVA’s business model 
already has the high level of recurring 
subscription revenues typically 
associated with Cloud delivery, we 
aim to be technologically ready to 
offer our products on a SaaS model 
in response to customer demand.

For the industries we serve, there 
are several challenges facing our 
customers which need to be overcome 
before there is a full transition to 
Cloud. However, over time we do 
expect that customers will want 
to explore ways of using the Cloud 
to drive efficiency and improve 
collaboration through the supply chain 
and operating cycle of their assets.

We launched our Cloud platform 
AVEVA Connect together with our first 
SaaS offering, Asset Visualisation, at 
the AVEVA World Summit in October 
2016. AVEVA Connect is our SaaS 
ecosystem for Engineering, Design 
and Information Management 
solutions. Asset Visualisation is 
our new Information Management 
as a Service offering. There is a 
willingness from the OOs to move 
towards SaaS for the provision of the 
Digital Asset and we expect these 
products to gain traction with major 
customers in the medium term.

In April this year, we launched a second 
SaaS offering on AVEVA Connect, 
Information Standards Management. 
The Sales team has now been equipped 
to sell these solutions and we have 
brought on board several major oil 
Owner Operators as early adopters. 
Both Asset Visualisation and 
Information Standards Management 
provide entry points for our Owner 
Operator customers to access Digital 
Asset-as-a-Service solutions flexibly 
and cost effectively.

Our technology
Our software is used by customers 
as they design, build and operate 
large capital-intensive assets, mainly 
in the Process, Power and Marine 
industries. Our vision is for the 
widespread adoption of constantly-
evolving Digital Assets, enabling 
our customers to manage continual 
change as they design, build and 
operate some of the world’s most 
complicated physical assets.

We believe that our products offer a 
strong advantage over competing 
offerings, due to their inherent 
integration based on our leading object 
modelling technology, which reduces 
complexity and lowers the total cost of 
ownership for our customers.

AVEVA’s heritage is in 3D design, where 
our core products are AVEVA PDMS 
(Plant Design Management System), 
AVEVA E3D and AVEVA Marine 
products. These products represented 
73.5% of 2016/17 revenues. AVEVA E3D 
is the latest generation 3D product 
which carries a price premium 
reflecting its higher productivity and 
advanced feature set.

AVEVA E3D grew strongly during the 
year as existing customers continued 
to migrate towards it and new contracts 
were won. It contributed almost 13% of 
total revenue, up from below 10% in 
the prior year.

Within More than 3D, the largest 
product sets are schematics 
applications such as Piping and 
Instrumentation Diagram (P&ID), 
Instrumentation & Electrical 
applications and our unique multi-
discipline AVEVA Engineering solution; 
together with information 
management applications such as 
AVEVA NET. These areas grew during 
the year with strong growth in 
information management sales 
particularly to the Owner Operators.

STRATEGIC REPORT18

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STRATEGIC REVIEW CONTINUED

Our markets and our customers
AVEVA’s key end markets are  
Oil & Gas, Marine, Power and 
Petrochemical & Chemical. Other 
markets we serve include Architecture, 
Construction & Steel Fabrication, 
Mining & Minerals Processing, 
Paper & Pulp and Pharmaceuticals. 
Oil & Gas accounts for 40–45% 
of revenue, Marine 20%, Power 
15–20%, Petrochemical & Chemical 
10% and the remainder 10%.

AVEVA has four main groups 
of customers. These are EPCs, 
shipyards, OOs and Fabricators.

EPCs primarily use AVEVA’s software 
to design and build industrial assets, 
such as oil platforms, power stations 
and process plants for OOs. Demand 
from EPCs for AVEVA’s products is 
therefore impacted by end market 
demand and particularly the level of 
capital expenditure on new installations 
and brownfield projects. AVEVA has 
strong long-standing relationships 
with many leading EPCs. The large, 
global EPCs are managed as strategic 
partnerships through AVEVA’s 
Global Accounts programme. 

OOs are key to achieving AVEVA’s vision 
of a constantly-evolving Digital Asset. 
Whereas historically the Digital Asset 
was core only to the design phase 
of physical assets, it is now widely 
accepted that Digital Assets can help 
OOs to drive efficiency and reduce 
risk through minimising downtime 
and unplanned outages, while 
complying with ever more stringent 
environmental and safety legislation.

We won 9 new OO customers 
during the year and significantly 
expanded our business with 
several existing OO customers.

Oil & Gas
In the Oil & Gas industry, end-market 
demand was weak, with global industry 
capital expenditure falling by over 40% 
between calendar 2014 and calendar 
2016 (Sources: Barclays, Bank of 
America Merrill Lynch).

This decline had a significant impact on 
the workloads of our EPC customers, 
with the more complex (and therefore 
design-intensive) greenfield upstream 
and offshore projects being impacted 
most significantly. This impacted 
demand for our software.

EPC customers tend to favour a rental 
model for software, meaning that their 
spend with AVEVA adjusts to market 
demand relatively quickly and some 
EPCs have reduced their seat count 
reflecting lower activity. There was 
also some consolidation amongst 
EPCs and in the oil services sector 
more generally. However, as OOs seek 
to extend the life of existing assets, 
we saw an increase in revamps and 
modifications (known as brownfield 
projects), which helped to sustain a 
level of demand from EPCs, although 
these projects are typically shorter 
in duration and lower in value.

Due to the downturn in the Oil & Gas 
industry, OOs are putting pressure 
on EPCs to reduce the cost of capital 
projects, often by up to 50%. This is 
putting pressure on the margins of the 
EPCs and they have been forced to look 
at how they become more efficient and 
reduce the cost of projects. EPCs are 
also increasingly looking to technology 
to help drive efficiency in projects. 
Our integrated engineering and design 
approach, which helps manage the 
engineering data across the different 
engineering disciplines, is receiving very 
positive feedback, enabling customers 
to reduce the total cost of ownership 
compared to our competition.

An area of focus for EPCs has 
been around reducing the cost 
of supporting, maintaining and 
developing in-house systems by 
looking to third-party vendors such 
as AVEVA to replace these with 
commercial software products. 

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201719

As with Oil & Gas, the Marine market is 
forecast by commentators such as 
Clarksons Research to recover from the 
current trough conditions. We expect 
activity to increase as overcapacity in 
the world fleet reduces and demand for 
specialist ships such as Floating 
Production, Storage and Offloading 
vessels and naval vessels grows, 
although again, the exact timing of a 
market recovery is difficult to predict.

This is particularly pronounced 
around materials procurement and 
construction management, given 
that many still use in-house systems 
in these areas. As such we are seeing 
significant interest in our Enterprise 
Resource Management product.

We are also seeing EPCs start 
to consider standardising their 
engineering technology strategy 
on one toolset and we believe 
that we are well positioned to 
capitalise on that trend.

Oil & Gas industry capital expenditure 
is forecast to increase in future years 
as investments are made to maintain 
production and reserves. There are 
early signs of improvement in the 
market, however the exact timing of a 
market recovery is difficult to predict.

Marine
AVEVA is a market leader in Marine 
design software, with customers 
including 90% of the world’s largest 
shipyards. The Marine market is in a 
cyclical trough, with a relatively low 
number of new ship builds ongoing. 
Shipyard customers typically prefer an 
Initial Licence Fee model, because they 
view software as a longer-term 
investment rather than being project 
specific. This results in annual 
maintenance payments continuing 
even in tougher market conditions.  
Our recurring revenue from the Marine 
market was broadly flat during the year.

We are also winning significant new 
business in the sector, with new wins  
in Europe, including a customer 
focused on cruise ships, and in Asia, 
where we won a major South East 
Asian customer focused on Marine and 
offshore capital projects. 

CASE STUDY

BROADENING 
MARKET EXPOSURE

AVEVA has a high proportion of recurring revenues at  
76.9% in 2016/17 due to our ‘right-to-use’ licensing model. 
Notwithstanding this resilience, some 65% of our revenues 
are generated in the Oil & Gas and Marine markets. To an 
extent therefore, the Group’s growth prospects have 
historically been materially influenced by end market 
conditions within these markets (e.g. the number of oil 
installations and ships being ordered, designed, built and 
operated). Both Oil & Gas and Marine have grown over the 
long term, but have been subject to short-term cyclicality.  
As such, our strategy is to broaden our exposure to other 
industries, which are growing, offering the opportunity to 
achieve market share gains in areas that are less cyclical  
than our core markets. 

Our focus in 2016/17 was on obtaining share gains in  
the Power industry. We achieved great success in this 
endeavour, developing our business with multiple OO 
customers as well as with companies involved in the  
design and production of generation technology.

“ KEY SUCCESSES IN BROADENING  
OUR MARKET EXPOSURE DURING  
THE YEAR INCLUDED NEW ORDER 
WINS AND EXPANDING OUR BUSINESS 
WITH JAPAN NUCLEAR FUEL, KEPCO 
E&C, SOUTHERN COMPANY, 
TERRAPOWER AND VALMET.”

For details of our strategy see page 8 to 9.

11.4%

WWW.AVEVA.COM

AVEVA’s constant currency growth in the Power sector

STRATEGIC REPORT 
20

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STRATEGIC REVIEW CONTINUED

Power
We had significant success in the 
Power market during the year, winning 
several new contracts with both utilities 
and power systems design companies.

Outlook
We believe that AVEVA has both 
the market opportunity and the 
right strategy to deliver substantial 
growth over the longer term.

In the short term, demand cycles 
within our end markets have had an 
impact on growth. Our core markets 
of Oil & Gas and Marine, which 
together account for over 60% of 
Group revenue, have been in a cyclical 
trough over the last three years.

There are early signs of improvement 
in Oil & Gas. Although the timing 
of a full recovery in demand is still 
uncertain, we expect that as the 
headwinds lessen, the growth resulting 
from our strategic initiatives will 
begin to show at the Group level.

The Board remains confident in 
the long-term strength of AVEVA’s 
business model, the deliverability 
of its organic growth strategy and 
its positioning to benefit from a 
recovery in our end markets.

James Kidd
Chief Executive Officer
23 May 2017

Longer-term trends in the Power 
market are positive as the world’s 
emerging economies invest in their 
power generation requirements and the 
ageing infrastructure of the developed 
world is maintained and replaced.

In the shorter term, AVEVA benefited 
from market share gains and 
requirements from operators in the 
sector for both design and information 
management tools, as they seek 
to improve asset efficiency.

Petrochemical & Chemical
We saw ongoing investment in the 
sector during the year, particularly in 
Asia, with stable market conditions on a 
global basis. AVEVA enjoyed success in 
winning new OO customers in Asia 
during the year in the refining sector.

Other markets
Conditions in AVEVA’s other markets 
are less subject to cyclical volatility, 
meaning that AVEVA can grow in a 
more linear fashion through the 
execution of its strategy. Notable 
developments during the year included 
solid constant currency growth in sales 
to fabricators and a new OO customer 
win in the Pharmaceutical sector.

In the Fabrication sector, AVEVA 
provides integrated end-to-end 
solutions for 3D modelling, detailing 
and fabrication of structural steelwork. 
This enables rapid, high-quality 
fabrication and construction for 
on-time, on-budget, integrated project 
execution for customers specialising  
in the engineering, manufacturing  
and assembly of advanced steel 
structures. In 2016/17 our revenue  
from Fabricator customers increased 
10.0% on a constant currency basis.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201721

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

We aim to deliver good sustainable 
growth, balanced by our need to 
continue to invest in innovation, 
sales and marketing in order to 
achieve this. The goal is to deliver 
profitable growth as the business 
expands, whilst maintaining a 
healthy balance sheet. We have set 
out a range of key performance 

indicators (KPIs) that help to present 
a meaningful picture of how AVEVA is 
performing. Taken overall, we believe 
that this range of KPIs – which offers 
insights into our revenue, investment, 
profitability, and cash generation – 
illustrates the high levels of recurring 
revenue, strong margins and ability 
to convert profits to cash effectively 
that are features of our business. 

Our markets continued to be difficult 
over the past year, particularly in 
Oil & Gas, and that is reflected in 
the KPI trends. It is noteworthy that 
our recurring revenue was relatively 
stable, the adjusted profit before 
tax margin increased, and our 
business remains highly profitable.

Revenue
Growth in Group revenue

£215.8M

(+7%)
Assisted by currency tailwinds

Operating cash flow before tax
AVEVA remains highly cash generative 

£57.2M 

(+58%)
Prior year impacted by higher exceptional costs, 
but current year strong as a result of particular 
focus on cash management

R&D expenses 
Investment in innovation 

Recurring revenue 
Provides visibility

£166.0M

(+8%)
Resilient performance

Cash conversion 
A measure of our ability to turn  
profits into cash

122% 

(2016 – 123%)
Strong cash collection

Adjusted profit before tax 
We adjust to exclude non-operating items

£55.0M 

(+7%)
Due to increased revenue 

Adjusted profit before tax margin
We aim to deliver profitable growth 

25.5% 

(2016 – 25.4%)
Remains highly profitable

Adjusted basic EPS 
We adjust to exclude certain  
non-cash and exceptional items

Adjusted effective tax rate 
Higher than the UK rate of 21% due to 
overseas operations

£31.9M 

(–1%)
Lower cost operations but headcount up

67.0p 

(+8%)
Higher profit in year

22.1% 

(2016 – 22.5%)

More than 3D revenue 
A key strategic growth objective 

Owner Operator revenue
A key strategic end-market growth objective 

Employee numbers
A measure of how the business is changing

£57.1M 

(+13%)
These tools help address the whole  
life cycle of Digital Assets

£35.0M 

(+17%)
OOs are increasingly adopting the  
Digital Asset concept

1,707

(2016 – 1,706)
A stable workforce

STRATEGIC REPORT22

CTO’S REVIEW

AVEVA’S SUCCESS IS DRIVEN BY THE STRENGTH OF OUR TECHNOLOGIES  
AND PEOPLE TO DELIVER HIGHLY-DIFFERENTIATED SOLUTIONS FOR THE 
MARKETS WE SERVE. WE CONTINUED TO ENHANCE OUR EXISTING PRODUCTS 
AND TO DEVELOP NEW OFFERINGS DURING THE YEAR THROUGH OUR 
DEVELOPMENT CENTRES, AND CONTINUED TO EXPAND OUR PRESENCE  
IN HYDERABAD TO ACCESS AN EXCELLENT POOL OF TALENT.

Overview
50 years of innovation have produced 
industry-leading software that is used 
by our customers to create Digital 
Assets, that allow them to manage 
continual change as they design, 
build and operate some of the world’s 
most complicated physical assets.

As technology evolves, with ever-
greater processing power, connectivity, 
mobility of computing platforms and 
the Industrial Internet of Things, our 
vision for the widespread adoption 
of constantly-evolving Digital Assets 
is becoming ever more compelling.

We believe that our products offer 
a strong advantage over competing 
offerings. This is due to their inherent 
integration based on our leading 
object-modelling technology, which 
reduces complexity and lowers 
the total cost of ownership for 
our customers. In an increasingly 
connected world, openness to access 
information sources, either third-
party or customer owned, is proving 
business-critical to our customers.

Supporting our strategy
AVEVA’s strategy is to increase 
revenues by growing the addressable 
market as the concept of the Digital 
Asset is more widely adopted, to 
sell a wider range of products, and 
to grow in industry and geographic 
verticals where the Group’s market 
share is underweight versus the 
strength of its product offering.

£300M

Research & Development 
spend over the last decade 

36%

Increase in AVEVA E3D 
revenue in the last year 

We are continually developing our 
technology to support this strategy 
and at the same time accommodating 
the needs of customers in what are 
inherently ‘safety first’ industries for 
application and data continuity. 

Our heritage is in 3D design, where 
our core products are AVEVA PDMS, 
AVEVA Everything3D (AVEVA E3D) 
and AVEVA Marine products. AVEVA 
E3D is the latest-generation 3D 
product which carries a price premium 
reflecting its higher productivity 
and advanced feature set.

AVEVA E3D was launched in 2013 
and is being developed further 
each year. We are now seeing real 
traction in customer uptake. Sales 
grew strongly during the year as 
existing customers continued to 
migrate towards it and new contracts 
were won. AVEVA E3D contributed 
almost 13% of total revenue, up from 
just below 10% in the prior year.

More than 3D (MT3D)
Within MT3D, the largest product 
sets are schematics applications 
such as P&ID, Instrumentation and 
Electrical applications and our unique 
multi-discipline AVEVA Engineering 
solution; together with information 
management applications such as 
AVEVA NET and AVEVA Engage.

Dave Wheeldon
Chief Technology Officer  
and Deputy CEO

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201723

Further to this, we recently completed 
the development of our SaaS-based 
Information Standards Management 
tools. Throughout our history we 
have partnered with our customers to 
develop new ways in which technology 
can deliver business benefits and 
in this case we are working with 
several major Owner Operators 
as early-adopter customers. Both 
Asset Visualisation and Information 
Standards Management provide 
entry points for our Owner Operator 
customers to access Digital Asset 
Software-as-a-Service solutions 
flexibly and cost effectively.

Looking to the future
We maintain our continued focus  
on delivering innovation, seeking  
to transform how activities are 
undertaken or even by eliminating 
entire steps in business processes. 
Our goal is to enhance efficiency, drive 
down costs and improving quality and 
business agility for our customers.

Over the last decade AVEVA has spent 
nearly £300 million on Research & 
Development and we will continue 
our investments to remain at the 
leading edge of technology. 

While our R&D costs fell by 1.0%  
on a constant currency basis during 
2016/17, this reflected efficiencies 
achieved through expanding our 
presence in Hyderabad, India and 
reducing costs in other locations. 
Overall capabilities were not reduced.

Our development efforts are focused 
on extending the competitiveness 
of our existing products, developing 
our Cloud platform, enhancing 
our MT3D product suite and on 
developing exciting new technologies 
to support growth in the longer term. 
An interesting example of this is our 
current development work around 
augmented and virtual reality, where 
we are developing the capacity to let 
customers ‘feel’ the experience of 
being inside their models and data.

We will continue to innovate and 
work closely with our customers 
in this coming year and I look 
forward to reporting back to 
you with our progress.

Dave Wheeldon
Chief Technology Officer  
and Deputy CEO
23 May 2017

We have continued our focus on 
developing our MT3D products during 
2016/17, for example with continuous 
improvements to AVEVA Engage 
and exciting developments around 
our Instrumentation and Electrical 
applications. AVEVA Engage in 
particular started to gain real traction in 
2016/17. When it was launched in 2015, 
Engage created a new benchmark 
in information accessibility through 
combining ultra-high performance 
visualisation with application-
agnostic access to information via 
large-format touch devices and it 
has now become a feature of many 
of our key new OO customer wins.

SaaS and the Cloud
We launched our first public Cloud 
products AVEVA Connect™ and AVEVA 
NET Connect at the AVEVA World 
Summit in October 2016. AVEVA 
Connect is our SaaS ecosystem for 
Engineering, Design and Information 
Management products. AVEVA NET 
Connect is our new Information 
Management-as-a-Service offering.

AVEVA Connect will deliver new 
opportunities to drive down IT costs, 
improve flexibility to scale software 
usage to meet project demand, and 
increase focus on core business 
activities without compromising 
security or user experience. With 
AVEVA NET Connect, the Digital Asset 
will have the capability to be rapidly 
deployed in the Cloud, allowing  
cross-disciplinary teams to collaborate 
and share information with complete  
clarity on the engineered status  
of the entire project or operating  
asset. This will enable greater  
collaboration between all parties  
in the supply chain, and  
better decision making 
by asset operators.

VIRTUAL REALITY

Some of our graduates  
using our HoloLens-compatible 
software

STRATEGIC REPORTRevenue by category
AVEVA generated 14.9% of revenue 
from Initial Licence Fees, 33.3% of 
revenue from Annual Fees, 43.6% of 
revenue from Rental Licence Fees, 
and 8.2% from Training and Services. 
Recurring revenue, which consists of 
Annual Fees and Rental Licence Fees, 
increased by 7.8% to £166.0 million 
(2016 – £154.0 million), representing 
76.9% of revenue (2016 – 76.4%). 

24

FINANCE REVIEW

AVEVA DELIVERED A SOLID PERFORMANCE IN THE YEAR, 
WITH A RETURN TO GROWTH IN BOTH REVENUE AND 
PROFIT, AND EXCELLENT CASH CONVERSION.

AVEVA delivered a solid performance 
in the financial year ended 31 March 
2017. Reported revenue and profit 
showed growth over the previous year 
and cash generation was particularly 
strong. We ended the year with  
£130.9 million in net cash and no debt 
(2016 – £107.9 million). 

Overview of financial progress
Total revenue for the year was 
£215.8 million which was up 7.1% 
compared to the previous year (2016 
– £201.5 million) and reported profit 
before tax was £46.9 million which was 
up 59.5% compared to the previous 
year (2016 – £29.4 million). On an 
adjusted basis, profit before tax was 
£55.0 million which was an increase 
of 7.4% (2016 – £51.2 million).

The weakening of Sterling had 
the impact of increasing reported 
revenues and costs by 11.4% and 9.4% 
respectively, reflecting the significant 
overseas operations of the Group. 
On a constant currency basis revenue 
declined 3.8%, although the rate of 
reduction decelerated during the year, 
with the second half being minus 
2.1% on a constant currency basis, or 
broadly flat excluding the impact of 
the difficult market in Latin America.

Revenue
Revenue model
The Group sells its proprietary software 
products by licensing rights to use the 
software directly to customers through 
our network of global sales offices. 
We operate a ‘right-to-use’ licensing 
model. Customers can choose to 
pay Initial Licence Fees, followed by 
lower mandatory Annual Fees to cover 
support, maintenance and upgrades; 
or Rental Licence Fees. The latter are 
usually paid upfront on an annual basis.

Over a long period, it is usually 
cheaper for a customer to adopt the 
Initial Licence Fee model. However, 
many customers, particularly EPCs, 
prefer to view software as a more 
flexible operational expense which 
can be charged to a project, as 
opposed to a capital expense and 
therefore use the rental model.

AVEVA also generates revenue from 
Training and Services. This is typically 
associated with the implementation of 
new installations, customisation to 
meet specific customer requirements 
and end user training. 

7.1%

Increase in reported 
revenue 

7.4%

Increase in adjusted 
profit before tax 

David Ward
Chief Financial Officer

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017The results for the year are summarised as follows:

£m

Revenue
Annual Fees
Rental Licence Fees

Recurring revenue
Initial Licence Fees
Training and Services

Total revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit
Operating expenses1
Net interest

Adjusted profit before tax

Normalised adjustments

Reported profit before tax

Constant 
currency 
change2

(0.5)%
(4.6)%

(2.9)%
(2.7)%
(13.8)%

2017
Total

2016
Total

Reported 
change

71.8
94.2

166.0
32.2
17.6

215.8

63.4
90.6

154.0
29.4
18.1

201.5

13.2%
4.0%

7.8%
9.5%
(2.8)%

7.1%

(3.8)%

(14.2)

(14.7)

(3.4)%

(12.2)%

201.6
(147.0)
0.4

55.0

(8.1)

46.9

186.8
(135.6)
– 

51.2

(21.8)

7.9%
8.4%
–

7.4%

(3.2)%
(0.9)%
–

(8.5)%

29.4

59.5%

31.6%

1  Operating expenses adjusted to exclude amortisation of intangible assets (excluding other software), 
share-based payments, gain/loss on forward foreign exchange contracts and exceptional items.

2  Constant currency is calculated by restating the period’s reported results to reflect the previous year’s  

average exchange rates.

25

Annual fees grew 13.2% to 
£71.8 million (2016 – £63.4 million),  
but were broadly flat in constant 
currency terms. This reflects 
high rates of customer retention, 
new customer wins and a low 
impact from price increases.

Rental Licence Fees also grew in 
reported terms, but there was a  
decline in constant currency terms  
of 4.6%. This reduction was to a large 
part attributable to the continuing 
weak market conditions in Latin 
America, and specifically Brazil, which 
accounted for 2.8% of the decline. 
Outside of Latin America, Rental 
Licence Fees showed reasonable 
resilience in difficult market conditions, 
particularly for customers operating 
in the Oil & Gas sector, although 
some EPC customers did reduce their 
seat count reflecting lower activity.

Initial Licence Fee revenue was £32.2 
million, representing an increase of 
9.5% (2016 – £29.4 million) reflecting 
the impact of currency translation, with 
the constant currency result being a 
decrease of 2.7%. There were a few 
significant wins with Owner Operators 
who chose to buy initial licences. 

Training and Services revenue was 
down by 2.8% to £17.6 million 
(2016 – £18.1 million) as a result of 
fewer customer implementation 
projects. On a constant currency 
basis, revenue was down 13.8%.

STRATEGIC REPORT 
26

FINANCE REVIEW CONTINUED

An analysis of revenue by geography is set out below.

£m

Asia Pacific

EMEA

Americas

Total

2017
2016
Change
Constant currency change

76.3
71.6
6.6%
(6.4)%

106.6
101.6
4.9%
(4.2)%

32.9
28.3
16.3%
3.9%

215.8
201.5
7.1%
(3.8)%

An analysis of operating expenses on a normalised basis is set out below.

£m

As reported
Normalised adjustments

Normalised costs

2016

Change

Constant currency change

Research & 
Development

Selling and 
distribution

Administrative 
expenses

31.9
(4.7)

27.2

25.7

5.8%

(1.2)%

93.0
(3.8)

89.2

83.2

7.2%

(3.1)%

31.9
(1.3)

30.6

26.7

14.6%

6.0%

Total

156.8
(9.8)

147.0

135.6

8.4%

(0.9)%

Americas
In the Americas revenue grew 16.3% to 
£32.9 million (2016 – £28.3 million) with 
a very strong performance in North 
America being partly offset by ongoing 
weakness in Latin America, where 
revenues have now declined to a level 
that is no longer material to the Group. 

Our performance in North America 
was very pleasing with revenue in 
the USA increasing 18.9% in constant 
currency terms, following the 
aforementioned customer wins with 
Southern Company, TerraPower and a 
very large global industrial company.
Market conditions in Brazil remained 
very tough through 2016/17 and our 
revenues from Latin America more 
than halved over the prior year, on both 
a reported and constant currency basis. 
We took action during the second 
half of the year to right-size our team 
there for the reduced market size.

Cost focus
AVEVA has a largely fixed cost base, 
albeit with some annual inflation 
embedded within it. We exercised 
strong cost control during the 
financial year in the context of the 
difficult end market conditions. We 
have, however, maintained adequate 
levels of investment in R&D and sales 
capabilities to ensure that we can 
execute our strategy and grow sales 
over the medium and long term.

Overall, in constant currency terms, 
operating costs were 0.9% lower than 
the previous year with the effect of 
cost management actions more than 
compensating for inflationary pressures 
and planned areas of investment.

We continue to have a focused and 
disciplined approach to managing 
the cost base. During the year we 
undertook some restructuring 
activity, which included headcount 
reductions in Latin America and 
corporate management.

Regional execution
On a regional basis, the Group 
performed well in the Americas. 
Sales were particularly strong in 
North America, although the difficult 
market conditions in Latin America 
caused a further decline in revenues 
in that region. AVEVA’s performance 
in EMEA and Asia Pacific was robust 
in the context of the subdued Oil 
& Gas and Marine markets.

Reported revenue was impacted by a 
£22.0 million (11.4%) benefit related 
to foreign exchange translation. 
Around 20% of the Group’s revenues 
were in each of Sterling and Euros 
and the US dollar was the next most 
material currency at around 15%.

Asia Pacific
Revenue from the Asia Pacific region 
was £76.3 million (2016 – £71.6 million) 
and increased 6.6% over the prior year 
but declined 6.4% in constant currency 
terms. More specifically, we saw strong 
performance in Japan with a few 
significant new wins, but marginally 
weaker performance in South Korea 
and India, in the face of a tough market 
for Marine. Our businesses in China 
and South East Asia were broadly flat 
when compared to the prior year.

EMEA
In EMEA revenue grew 4.9% to 
£106.6 million (2016 – £101.6 million).  
Market conditions in EMEA have  
been reasonably stable, but remain 
challenging for customers with heavy 
exposure to Oil & Gas. However, we 
saw real growth in Germany and 
Finland where we won business in 
Paper & Pulp and revenue from  
Central and Southern Europe was 
higher in reported terms but 
performance in constant currency 
terms was slightly down on the prior 
year. Our businesses in Russia and the 
Middle East performed broadly in line 
with last year.

Training and Services revenue 
declined from the prior year as 
a number of implementation 
projects were completed.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201727

Dividends
With consistent and strong cash flows 
and no net debt, the Group retains 
considerable financial flexibility. The 
Board remains focused on delivering 
growth both organically and through 
acquisitions. Our strong cash flows 
underpin the Board’s sustainable, 
progressive dividend policy, which 
is balanced against keeping cash 
available for M&A opportunities, 
with excess capital being returned 
to shareholders from time to time.

The Board is proposing a final 
dividend of 27.0 pence per share, 
taking the total dividend for the year 
to 40.0 pence (2016 – 36.0 pence 
per share), an increase of 11.1%. 
The dividend will be payable on 
4 August 2017, to shareholders 
on the register on 7 July 2017. 

As announced previously, we have 
rebalanced the interim and final 
dividends, with more of the total 
dividend being paid at the interim.  
As a result, the final dividend 
proposed for 2016/17 of 27.0 
pence is slightly lower than the 
final dividend paid in respect of 
2015/16 (30.0 pence per share).

Normalised items include amortisation 
of intangibles (excluding other 
software) of £5.8 million (2016 – £5.6 
million), share-based payments of  
£1.1 million (2016 – £0.5 million),  
gains on fair value of forward foreign  
exchange contracts of £0.7 million 
(2016 – loss of £0.4 million) and  
exceptional items of £3.6 million 
(2016 – £15.2 million).

Research & Development costs were 
broadly flat on a normalised constant 
currency basis reflecting a few 
strategic investments and efficiencies 
achieved through expanding our 
presence in Hyderabad, India and 
reducing costs in other locations. 
Overall our average R&D headcount 
through the year increased by 12%. 

Selling and distribution expenses 
include the costs of our direct sales 
force as well as our regionally based 
technical support and marketing teams 
and in total were £89.2 million in the 
year 2016/17. The cost of these teams 
decreased by 3.1% on a constant 
currency basis principally due to a lower 
bad debt charge than in the prior year 
of £0.6 million (2016 – £3.4 million).

Administrative expenses increased 
6.0% (or £1.6 million) on a constant 
currency basis, with the increase 
due to some minor investments in 
the HR team and a small increase 
in the cost of staff bonuses.

£57.2M

Operating cash flow  
before tax 

66.81P

Adjusted diluted EPS

Exceptional items
During the year, the Group incurred 
exceptional costs of £1.9 million 
(2016 – £15.2 million). These included 
restructuring costs of £4.2 million, 
which were partly offset by factors 
including an indemnified receivable 
claim relating to a previous business 
combination. The restructuring costs 
related to the rationalisation of offices 
and reduction in headcount in specific 
areas of the business. Also included 
are the redundancy costs incurred in 
eliminating the Regional Operations 
layer of management as part of the 
initiative to structure the business 
with clearer lines of accountability.

Prior year exceptional items 
included professional fees of £10.5 
million, principally for legal and 
financial due diligence services 
related to the aborted Schneider 
Electric transaction and exceptional 
restructuring costs of £4.5 million.

Profit before tax
Adjusted profit before tax was 
£55.0 million (2016 – £51.2 million), 
an increase of 7.4%, principally 
caused by the growth in revenue. 
This resulted in an adjusted profit 
margin of 25.5% (2016 – 25.4%).

Reported profit before tax was £46.9 
million (2016 – £29.4 million). The 
growth of 59.5% was principally due 
to growth in revenue and reduction in 
exceptional items as described above.

Taxation
The Group’s effective tax rate, on an 
adjusted basis, has steadily declined 
over recent years in line with the 
reductions seen in UK corporation 
tax. The adjusted effective tax rate 
for the 2016/17 financial year was 
22.1%, which represented a further 
reduction from 2016 when the 
rate was 22.5%. We see this trend 
continuing as the UK corporate 
rate reduces and we increasingly 
benefit from Patent Box relief.

The headline, or unadjusted, 
effective rate for the year was 18.8% 
(2016 – 30.4%). The prior year rate 
was impacted by non-deductible 
acquisition-related exceptional 
costs of £10.5 million (see above). 

STRATEGIC REPORT28

FINANCE REVIEW CONTINUED

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share was 
59.52 pence and increased 85.8% 
(2016 – 32.03 pence) and diluted 
earnings per share were 59.36 
pence (2016 – 31.96 pence). 

On an adjusted basis, EPS increased 
8.0% to 66.98 pence (2016 – 62.04 
pence) and to 66.81 pence on a 
diluted basis (2016 – 61.91 pence).

Balance sheet and cash flows
AVEVA continues to maintain a 
strong balance sheet and has no 
debt. Net assets at 31 March 2017 
were £220.7 million compared to 
£201.0 million at 31 March 2016. 

Non-current assets increased 
marginally to £89.9 million (2016 – 
£87.5 million) principally due to foreign 
currency translation effects. During the 
year we purchased intangible software 
rights for a total of £2.3 million, 
which provided valuable additional 
functionality for our products.

Working capital
Gross trade receivables at 31 March 
2017 were £91.1 million which was 
broadly in line with last year (2016 – 
£94.5 million). We again saw a strong 
finish to the year with a large number of 
our Global Account renewals occurring 
in the final quarter. This resulted 
in billings being more weighted 
towards the end of the period, 
although Q4 cash collections were 
marginally stronger than in 2015/16.

The bad debt provision at 31 March 
2017 of £6.1 million was similar 
in scale to the level held at the 
previous year end of £5.9 million.

Deferred income remained stable at 
31 March 2017 and was £45.9 million 
compared to £46.9 million at  
31 March 2016. Trade and other 
payables were higher than the  
prior year at £42.9 million 
(2016 – £37.2 million).

Cash generation
Net cash (including treasury 
deposits) at 31 March 2017 was 
£130.9 million compared to £107.9 
million at 31 March 2016.

Cash generated from operating 
activities before tax was £57.2 million 
(2016 – £36.1 million), with large 
parts of this improvement being due 
to the increased profit recorded in 
2016/17 and the high exceptional 
costs incurred and paid in 2015/16.

Pensions
On an accounting basis, the Group’s 
net retirement benefit obligations 
decreased from £5.2 million last year to 
£2.6 million. This was principally 
caused by the valuation of the UK 
defined benefit pension scheme 
moving from a deficit of £2.3 million 
to a surplus of £1.2 million driven 
by employer contributions of £1.6 
million and strong asset returns over 
the period. Since March 2015, the 
UK defined benefit pension scheme 
has been closed to future accrual. 

Capital structure
At 31 March 2017, the Group had 
63,975,869 shares of 3 5/9p each 
in issue (2016 – 63,961,113 shares). 
During the year the AVEVA Group 
Employee Benefit Trust 2008 (‘the 
Trust’) purchased 2,160 ordinary shares 
in the Company in the open market at 
an average price of £18.68 per share 
for total consideration of £40,349 in 
order to satisfy awards made under 
the AVEVA Group Management Bonus 
Deferred Share Scheme 2008. At  
31 March 2017, the Trust owned 10,857 
ordinary shares in the Company. 
13,380 shares (2016 – 26,791) with an 
attributable cost of £296,431 were 
issued to employees in satisfying 
share options that were exercised.

Treasury policy
The Group treasury policy aims 
to ensure that the capital held is 
not put at risk and the treasury 
function is managed under policies 
and procedures approved by the 
Board. These policies are designed 
to reduce the financial risk arising 
from the Group’s normal trading 
activities, which primarily relate to 
credit, interest, liquidity and currency 
risk. The Group is, and expects to 
continue to be, cash positive and 
at 31 March 2017 held net cash of 
£130.9 million. The treasury policy 
includes strict counterparty limits.

David Ward
Chief Financial Officer
23 May 2017

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201729

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

AVEVA FACES A NUMBER OF POTENTIAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES  
WHICH COULD HAVE A MATERIAL IMPACT ON THE GROUP’S LONG-TERM 
PERFORMANCE. THE BOARD IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING THE  
NATURE OF THESE RISKS AND ENSURING APPROPRIATE MITIGATING  
ACTIONS ARE IN PLACE TO MANAGE THEM EFFECTIVELY.

Risk management process
The Board retains ultimate 
responsibility for the Group’s risk 
management and as part of this, 
regularly completes a review of 
the Group Risk Register and an 
assessment of the adequacy of the 
mitigating controls identified by 
management. To aid this process a 
Risk Committee comprising senior 
management from each function of 
the business was formed in 2015/16. 
The Risk Committee is chaired by 
the CFO and reports jointly to the 
Board and the Executive team.

The Risk Committee meets at least 
twice a year and has responsibility 
for considering risk appetite, risk 
identification, risk quantification/
qualification and the determination 
of mitigating internal controls. The 
Risk Committee is not responsible 
for internal audit activities which 
remain under the responsibility of 
the Audit Committee. More details 
of AVEVA’s assessment of internal 
controls is included within the Audit 
Committee report on pages 44 to 
46 of the Corporate Governance 
section of the Directors’ report.

The Risk Register was compiled 
after considering three main risk 
characteristics – likelihood, size of 
impact and timeframe for when the 
risk may impact the Group. Likelihood 
was assessed on a net risk basis (i.e. 
after the operation of internal controls) 
as the Risk Committee considered this 
gave a more robust view of the risks 
currently faced by AVEVA. Separately, 
the Audit Committee has responsibility 
for determining the appropriate level of 
review required to ensure that internal 
controls are operating as designed.

This year we have continued to 
improve our risk management 
process, by drafting departmental risk 
registers to supplement the Group 
Risk Register. Next year we intend 
that the highest risks from each 
departmental register are considered 
for inclusion on the Group Risk Register. 

The updated Group Risk Register was 
ultimately reviewed and approved 
by the Board and in the context 
of the assessment of viability the 
Board considered which risks, and 
combination of risks, would threaten 
the viability of the Company. 

The principal risks faced by the Group 
are set out on pages 30 to 31, and 
include indicators of the financial 
impact, likelihood and whether the 
risk has increased or decreased in 
significance since the last review.

Viability Statement
In accordance with the revised UK 
Corporate Governance Code, the 
Directors have assessed the Group’s 
prospects and viability over a period 
significantly longer than the outlook 
of the going concern statement 
of 12 months. The Directors have 
determined that the appropriate 
period is three years, corresponding 
with the period covered by the 
Group’s business planning cycle. 

The Directors considered the principal 
risks in plausible but severe scenarios 
and assessed the potential impact 
of a decline in the Group’s revenue 
caused by a period of sustained low 
economic growth resulting in low 
levels of capital investment and this 
was combined with an unfavourable 
foreign exchange assumption. 

Based on this assessment, the 
Directors have considered the Group’s 
current position and principal risks, 
and have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will be able to continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as 
they fall due over a three-year period.

In making this statement, the 
Directors have also made the 
following assumptions:
•  oil prices will stay relatively flat  

for the next three years

•  Brexit will not unduly affect current 

trading or existing customer 
contracts or relationships

•  our internal controls in mitigation  
of a significant proportion of the 
risks on the register continue to 
operate effectively.

Going concern statement
The Group has significant financial 
resources, is profitable, has high levels 
of recurring revenue and has a strong 
position in the markets it serves. At 
31 March 2017, the Group had cash 
and treasury deposit balances of 
£130.9 million (2016 – £107.9 million) 
and no debt. Therefore, after making 
enquiries and considering the cash flow 
forecasts for the Group, the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that 
the Group has adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future. For this 
reason they continue to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing the financial statements. 

Fu n c ti o n a l risk regis
rpora t e   risk re

g
i

t

s

o
C

Principal
risks

e
r

t

e

r

s

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
30

PRINCIPAL RISKS CONTINUED

Strategies

1  More than 3D (MT3D)

2  Owner Operators 

3  Growth markets

4  Broadening market exposure

5  SaaS and the Cloud

STRATEGIC AND MARKET RISKS
Risk

Dependency on key markets
AVEVA generates a substantial amount of its income from 
customers whose main business is derived from capital projects 
in the Oil & Gas, Power and Marine markets. Currently, some 
of AVEVA’s vertical end markets are under pressure with lower 
oil prices and inevitably this is having an impact on the Group’s 
revenues. As the availability of capital expenditure returns to our 
key markets, particularly Oil & Gas, the balance may shift away from 
our traditional core sector of complex off-shore projects, towards 
simpler on-shore projects, such as shale gas extraction. The risk of 
this further reinforces our need for market diversification.

Competition
AVEVA operates in highly competitive markets that serve the Oil 
& Gas, Power and Marine markets. Our 3D design tools are well 
established in our markets and we believe that there are a relatively 
small number of significant competitors. However, some of these 
competitors could, in the future, pose a greater competitive threat 
to AVEVA’s revenues, particularly if they consolidate or form 
strategic or commercial relationships among themselves or with 
larger, well capitalised companies. 

Further threats are posed by the entrance, into AVEVA’s markets, 
of a much larger technology competitor or transformational 
technology, such as Cloud-based solutions.

The Group’s strategy to extend the Digital Asset footprint is key to 
ensuring that our customer penetration is broad and that AVEVA’s 
sources of revenue are diversified.

Professional Services
Where AVEVA assists customers with the deployment of an 
enterprise solution, this involves some degree of consulting and/
or implementation work. This requires specialist knowledge to 
be available and well managed, potentially in many geographic 
locations. There is a risk that the services provided do not  
meet the customer’s expectations or that technical difficulties  
are encountered. 

In some instances we may opt to partner with a third party for this 
work and this relationship also requires careful management and 
maintenance to ensure that AVEVA’s strong reputation with our 
customers is not damaged. 

Acquisitions
An acquisition by AVEVA or of AVEVA could pose a significant 
distraction to management and to the delivery of our business plan.

The Group expects to continue to review acquisition targets as part 
of its strategy. The integration of acquisitions involves a number 
of unique risks, including diversion of management’s attention, 
failure to retain key personnel of the acquired business, failure to 
realise the benefits anticipated to result from the acquisition, and 
successful integration of the acquired intellectual property.

Risk level 

Risk change from 2016

 Low

 Medium

 High

 No change

 Risk decreased

 Risk increased

Likelihood Impact

Change Mitigation

Strategy

AVEVA is expanding into other market 
segments such as Power, Petrochemical 
& Chemical and Construction, albeit 
from a relatively small base. It is central 
to our strategy to diversify our customer 
offerings into Owner Operators and Plant 
operations. This will help secure a longer-
term income stream that extends beyond 
the design/build phase of these capital 
projects. In addition, our extensive global 
presence provides some mitigation from 
over-reliance on key geographic markets.

We carefully monitor customers and 
other suppliers operating within our 
chosen markets. We stay close to our 
customers and ensure we have a strong 
understanding of their needs and their 
expectations from the AVEVA product 
development roadmap.

We expect that the customers we serve 
will, over the next 3 to 5 years, show an 
increased appetite or insistence on their 
software needs being delivered with more 
flexibility. AVEVA is already well progressed 
with its Cloud strategy and expects to be 
able to meet these customer demands as 
they develop.

We employ experienced industry 
professionals within our professional 
services team and continue to build 
commercial partnerships with third party 
systems integrators.

We have rigorous processes and controls 
for the appraisal of potential commercial 
opportunities prior to any bid being 
submitted. Bids are appraised on grounds 
of technical complexity as well as financial 
and commercial risk.

While each acquisition and integration is 
unique, AVEVA now has an experienced 
team to appraise and complete 
acquisitions. The Group’s experience of 
previous ‘bolt-on’ acquisitions as well as 
the aborted transaction with Schneider 
Electric provides a good understanding of 
potential transaction and integration risks.

1

2

4

1

2

5

2

5

1

4

5

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31

Likelihood Impact

Change Mitigation

Strategy

1

2

3

4

5

1

5

1

5

3

The Group endeavours to ensure that 
employees are motivated in their work 
and there are regular appraisals, with staff 
encouraged to develop their skills. Annually 
there is a Group-wide salary review that 
rewards strong performance and ensures 
salaries remain competitive. Commission and 
bonus schemes help to ensure the success 
of the Group and individual achievement is 
appropriately rewarded.

The Group uses third party technology to 
encrypt, protect and restrict access to its 
products. Access limitations and rights are 
also defined within the terms of the software 
licence agreement. 

The Group seeks to ensure that its intellectual 
property rights are appropriately protected 
by law and seeks to vigorously assert its 
proprietary rights wherever possible.

AVEVA continually reviews the alignment of 
the activities of our Research & Development 
teams to ensure that they remain focused 
on areas that will meet the demands of 
our customers and deliver appropriate 
financial returns. This process is managed by 
developing a product roadmap that identifies 
the schedule for new products and the 
enhancements that will be made to successive 
versions of existing products. Products are 
extensively tested prior to commercial launch.

The Group manages its overseas operations 
by employing locally qualified personnel 
who are able to provide expertise in the 
appropriate language and an understanding 
of local culture, custom and practice. 
Local management is supported by local 
professional advisers and further oversight is 
maintained from the Group’s corporate legal, 
financial and internal audit functions.

Likelihood Impact

Change Mitigation

The overseas subsidiaries predominantly 
trade in their own local currencies, which acts 
as a partial natural hedge against currency 
movements. In addition, the Group enters 
into forward foreign currency contracts to 
manage the risk where material and practical. 
The Group limits its hedging of revenue to US 
Dollar, Euro and Japanese Yen, and its hedging 
of costs to Swedish Krona and Indian Rupee.

Strategy

3

OPERATIONAL RISKS
Risk

Recruitment and retention of employees
AVEVA’s success has been built on the quality and reputation 
of its products and services, which rely almost entirely on the 
quality of the people developing and delivering them. Managing 
this pool of highly skilled and motivated individuals across all 
disciplines and geographies remains key to our ongoing success. 

Protection of intellectual property
The Group’s success has been built upon the development of its 
substantial intellectual property rights and the future growth of 
the business requires the continual protection of these tools. 

The protection of the Group’s proprietary software products is 
achieved by licensing rights to use the application, rather than 
selling or licensing the computer source code.

Research & Development
The Group makes substantial investments in Research & 
Development in enhancing existing products and introducing 
new products and must effectively appraise its investment 
decisions and ensure that we continue to provide class-leading 
solutions that meet the needs of our markets. 

Our software products are complex and new products or 
enhancements may contain undetected errors, failures, 
performance problems or defects which may impact our strong 
reputation with our customers.

International operations
The Group operates in over 30 countries globally and must 
determine how best to utilise its resources across these diverse 
markets. Where necessary, the business must adapt its market 
approach to best capitalise on local market opportunities, 
particularly in the strategically key growth economies.

In addition, the Group is required to comply with the local  
laws, regulations and tax legislation in each of these  
jurisdictions. Significant changes in these laws and regulations  
or failure to comply with them could lead to additional  
liabilities and penalties. 

FINANCIAL RISKS
Risk

Foreign exchange risk
Exposure to foreign currency gains and losses can be material 
to the Group, with more than 80% of the Group’s revenue 
denominated in a currency other than Sterling, of which our two 
largest are US Dollar and Euro. 

The result of the UK referendum on European Union membership 
has led to significant weakening of the British Pound, and the 
volatility is likely to continue until further certainty is reached 
over exit negotiations. 

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

AVEVA IS COMMITTED TO SUPPORTING ITS EMPLOYEES AND 
LOCAL COMMUNITIES AROUND THE WORLD, AND THIS 
REPORT CONTINUES TO DEMONSTRATE THE BROAD RANGE 
OF ACTIVITIES AVEVA AND ITS EMPLOYEES PARTICIPATE IN.

Internal Stakeholders
AVEVA is a diverse organisation with 
employees in over 30 countries and 
from many different cultures. 

As of 31 March 2017, we have a 
headcount of 1,707 (2016 – 1,706),  
and our male/female ratio is  
75% / 25% (2016 – 75% / 25%). 

Keeping employees informed of 
business priorities and changes 
remains a primary focus within 
AVEVA. As a global organisation, it is 
important that everyone feels part of 
AVEVA and that we share information 
across all teams and regions. This 
is achieved through regular internal 
communication initiatives, such 
as people stories, successes and 
competitions, with the aims to be 
inclusive and to celebrate our diversity.

Gender split

Female

Male

11%

22%

25%

Directors

Executive
team

Employees

Engagement levels remain high and 
we use feedback from our Global 
Ambassador Network to improve and 
develop information that both informs 
and motivates our employees. 

To embed and reinforce our 
corporate policy against the 
acceptance or payment of bribes, 
we continue to enhance and 
improve our eLearning tools.

Our Global Ambassador Network 
continues to provide a channel for our 
employees to provide feedback to the 
senior management team, and helps us 
to gain cultural insights from the areas 
in which our employees are based.

To help our largest regions stay 
informed on both corporate and 
regionally-focussed news, we operate 
editorial teams to manage the 
network’s regional communications. 
These updates receive excellent 
readership rates and feedback has 
shown they are a great tool to support 
our employees in their roles.

External Stakeholders
Transparency and disclosure are 
fundamental to our relationships with 
customers, partners and suppliers. 

We maintain open, honest and 
fair discussions with each of our 
stakeholders to reinforce our reputation 
as a trusted and ethical organisation.

To protect the interest of our 
customers, our expanded Anti-Piracy 
and Compliance team monitors the 
illegal use of AVEVA software and 
enforces compliance within our terms 
and conditions. AVEVA continues to 
invest in both people and technology to 
ensure compliant use of its technology. 
Whilst illegal use of our software is an 
ongoing challenge, AVEVA is becoming 
much more successful in the detection 
of such cases and the subsequent 
enforcement of licence terms.

Each year, every employee completes 
the Global Corporate Governance 
and Group IT Compliance training 
to ensure that we maintain our 
high ethical standards. We review 
monthly operational challenges 
in the key regional hubs to 
ensure local governance.

Employee Engagement
Employee feedback is a priority 
at AVEVA, and we are constantly 
seeking ways to improve the way our 
employees provide feedback to both 
managers and our Executive team.

In April 2017, we introduced a new 
micro survey tool designed to 
frequently seek employee feedback 
and opinions on key topics. Whilst 
retaining our traditional full bi-annual 
survey, this tool will be a way of gaining 
supplementary employee insights on a 
regular basis. Due to the nature of the 
tool, managers will have instant access 
to results, and can quickly plan actions, 
changes or interventions as necessary.

We have also increased the accessibility 
and visibility of the Executive team 
through global roadshows and 
briefings for all employees. Focussed 
on specific business updates, these 
sessions are an informal way for 
the Executive team to meet and 
discuss key updates, and to answer 
any questions employees may have. 
Between April and June 2016, there 
were 18 meet-and-greet sessions 
held in various global locations, 
reaching nearly 75% of employees.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201733

There have been so many highlights 
this past year but one that particularly 
demonstrates our colleagues’ 
enthusiasm for supporting the local 
communities we operate in came 
from our team in Hyderabad.

In October 2016, the Hyderabad office 
came together to support a local 
school, and the generosity behind 
their actions was truly remarkable. As 
well as organising a very successful 
clothes drive, additional items 
were purchased by the team for 
donation, such as brightly-coloured 
hair clips, remembering how much 
they had loved them as a child.

A member of the team also 
approached a local street seller they 
had frequently passed on their way to 
work and arranged for him to come to 
the school with a variety of different 
items so the children could be given 
something that fitted them. Nearly 
50 new dresses were purchased that 
day which will have made a huge 
boost to the street seller’s income.

There was also a more serious 
side to the visit, with the team 
spending some time teaching 
the children about hygiene, and 
joining in on a maths lesson.

Our well-established learning and 
development programmes continue 
to provide a range of opportunities 
for our employees. This includes 
online language studies, technical 
development and management & 
leadership programmes. We also 
have compliance e-learning in place 
which is monitored regularly.

Last year we saw:
•  5,000 hours of online technical 
training (PluralSight) completed
•  4,688 hours of classroom training
•  33 colleagues completing 

management development

•  42 graduates and 12 apprentices 
start their careers with AVEVA
•  An increased uptake of coaching 
opportunities for managers at all 
levels, including the Executive team.

AVEVA in the Community
2016/17 has been a very active year 
for Corporate Social Responsibility 
at AVEVA, with colleagues from 
across the globe taking time out to 
support a variety of local, national 
and international causes.

At AVEVA we encourage and celebrate 
our employees’ charitable efforts,  
and share exceptional activities  
carried out via our corporate intranet. 
We operate a programme of matched 
funding, and in addition, during the 
year we donated £45,000 to local and 
national charitable causes. In January 
2017, we were also honoured to be 
included in the FTSE4Good index, in 
recognition of our efforts to operate in 
an ethically responsible manner.

90%

Employee retention rate

>5,000

Hours of technical training 
completed

AVEVA Talent
To support our ambition to attract 
and nurture young, talented people 
we continue, through our graduate 
and award-winning apprenticeship 
schemes, to encourage young 
people to start their careers with us. 
In recognition of our commitment 
to young talent we are on the UK 
top 100 Apprentice Employer list.

It is also crucial we attract students 
from Science, Technology, Engineering 
and Mathematics (STEM) subjects as 
early as possible both through our 
work experience and membership 
of specific science and engineering 
groups, including the BCS and the 
Engineering Development Trust. AVEVA 
was also present at the Big Bang Fair, 
where over 100,000 attendees came 
to hear more about careers within 
our core industries and we have 
sponsored a number of innovation 
awards to inspire the next generation 
of talent to continue their projects.

AVEVA is also an active member, 
with our CEO as Executive signatory, 
of the WISE (Women in Science and 
Engineering) Ten Steps campaign. This 
membership will enable us to become 
widely recognised as a company 
supporting diversity and inclusion, 
fairness and equality and inspiring 
women into technical and senior roles.

STRATEGIC REPORT34

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY CONTINUED

On the rare occasion that the 
information was not available for a 
particular AVEVA office, an estimate 
has been produced based on the ratio 
between the local office size and our 
UK offices, which we believe offers 
the best available comparison.

The 2016 financial year serves as the 
baseline for our targets. For our carbon 
intensity ratio we have measured 
our carbon usage as it relates to our 
business performance, citing tonnes 
of CO2e/£ million of revenue. In 2017 
this intensity ratio increased to 15.14 
tonnes CO2e/£ million (2016 – 13.80). 

Carbon Emissions
AVEVA is committed to minimising 
its carbon emissions, increasing 
the use of recycling opportunities 
and reducing the use of valuable 
natural resources. We are continually 
improving the way in which we capture 
and record our emissions data. 

For the purposes of this report, the 
emissions have been calculated 
according to the ‘Environmental 
Reporting Guidelines: Including 
mandatory greenhouse gas emissions 
reporting guidance’ issued by the 
Department for Environment, Food 
and Rural Affairs (DEFRA), and by 
applying DEFRA’s conversion factors. 
We have aimed for the Greenhouse 
Gas (GHG) emissions to be captured 
for all of our UK and overseas offices 
between April 2016 and March 2017.

Tonnes of CO2e

Emissions from:

Scope 1 – Combustion of fuel and operation of facilities
Scope 2 – Electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased for own use
Scope 3 – Transmission and distribution losses

2017

1,046
2,223
500

3,769

2016

789
2,106
446

3,341

15.14

13.80

Intensity measurement (Scopes 1 and 2)
– Tonnes CO2e/£m revenue

Scope 1
Combustion of fuel and operation 
of facilities

Scope 2
Electricity, heat, steam and cooling 
purchased for own use

Scope 3
Transmission and distribution losses

Tonnes of CO2e by region

Tonnes of CO2e equivalent

2,000

1,800

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

Americas Asia Pacific

EMEA Greater China

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 3

Scope 1 | 1,046
Scope 2 | 2,223
Scope 3 | 500

This Strategic Report has been approved by the Board of Directors and is signed on its behalf by:

Philip Aiken
Chairman
23 May 2017

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017GOVERNANCE REPORT

35

GOVERNANCE
REPORT

CONTENTS

Governance
36  Corporate Governance
41  Nominations Committee Report
42  Board of Directors
44  Audit Committee Report
47 

 Remuneration 
Committee Report

67  Other Statutory Information

Details of the Board changes 
and the work of the Committee 
undertaken this year can be 
found set out in the Nominations 
Committee report on page 41.

Operation of the Board
The Chairman, supported by the 
Company Secretary, ensures that 
the Board functions effectively 
and has established Board 
processes designed to maximise its 
performance and effectiveness. 

36

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

I am pleased to introduce the 2017 
Corporate Governance statement. 
This year has seen considerable 
changes in the composition of the 
Board. The Nominations Committee 
has been extensively involved in 
the nomination, selection and 
appointment of the Executive 
Directors and Non-Executive 
Directors made during the year. 
We are grateful for the tremendous 
achievements for AVEVA made by the 
resigning Directors. 

The Company is committed to the 
principles of Corporate Governance 
contained in the UK Corporate 
Governance Code provided by the 
Financial Reporting Council and 
for which the Board is accountable 
to shareholders. The Company 
has complied with the provisions 
of the April 2016 UK Corporate 
Governance Code throughout the 
financial year ending 31 March 2017. 

Further explanation of how the 
principles have been applied is set  
out below and, in connection with 
Directors’ remuneration, in the 
Remuneration Committee report  
on pages 47 to 66.

Composition of the Board
The usual composition of the Board  
is the Chairman, three independent  
Non-Executive Directors and two  
Executive Directors. Our Senior 
Independent Director is Philip Dayer.  
In the course of the year ending  
31 March 2017, and as announced  
by the Company at appropriate times, 
the Board has undergone several 
significant, planned changes to refresh 
and strengthen the Board, including  
the appointment of a new Chief 
Executive, a new Chief Financial  
Officer and two new independent 
Non-Executive Directors, with several 
of them having handover periods to 
transition into their new roles (see 
more in the Nominations Committee 
report provided on page 41). 

Brief biographical details of all  
Board members are set out on 
pages 42 and 43. The chairmanship 
and membership of all Board 
Committees is set out on page 38.

Board changes
The Nominations Committee has 
responsibility for Board and Committee 
composition, particularly in relation 
to the diversity of background, skills 
and experience. The Committee 
oversees the nomination, selection 
and appointment of Non-Executive 
and Executive Directors and monitors 
succession planning for Board 
and senior management roles. 

Philip Aiken
Chairman

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017GOVERNANCE REPORT

37

Key aspects of these processes are:
•  The AVEVA Group Board meets 

GROUP STRUCTURE MARCH 2017

regularly in combination with the 
Board of AVEVA Solutions Limited, 
the main operating company in the 
Group which owns all of the Group’s 
trading subsidiaries. The AVEVA 
Solutions Limited Board includes as 
a member the Deputy CEO and 
Chief Technical Officer, as well as all 
the members of the Group Board. 
This ensures that the AVEVA Group 
Board is well informed on technical 
and market factors driving the 
Group’s performance as well as on 
financial outcomes.

•  The Board had eight scheduled 
meetings during the year. These 
meetings, together with any 
Committee meetings, are generally 
held at the Group’s Head Office in 
Cambridge or in our London office 
and are approximately one day in 
duration.

•  Each scheduled Board meeting has 

an over-arching theme. These 
include an annual technology review, 
business plan/strategy day, 
succession planning, annual budget, 
presentations from Executive 
management, and interim and final 
results. The Board aims that 
Directors visit an AVEVA office or 
business event outside of the UK at 
least once per year. The Executive 
Directors visit non-UK AVEVA offices 
on a regular basis. This year two of 
the Non-Executive Directors 
attended the AVEVA World Summit 
in October 2016, meeting with staff 
and customers throughout the 
event. The Chairman visited the 
Hyderabad offices in October 2016 
and one Non-Executive Director 
travelled to Russia to meet with 
management and staff there as part 
of a review of operations. 

THE BOARD

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

James Kidd
David Ward

Philip Aiken (Chairman)
Philip Dayer
Jennifer Allerton
Christopher Humphrey
Ron Mobed

EXECUTIVE TEAM

CHIEF EXECUTIVE

Chief Technology Officer 
and Deputy CEO

Chief Revenue Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Executive Vice President
Business Strategy 

Executive Vice President 
Global Services 

Executive Vice President
Group General Counsel

Executive Vice President
Human Resources 

Regional Executive
APAC and MEA

Regional Executive 
Americas

Regional Executive 
Global Accounts and Europe

38

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

Meetings scheduled1:

Meetings attended:
Philip Aiken 
Jonathan Brooks
Philip Dayer
Jennifer Allerton
Christopher Humphrey
Ron Mobed
Richard Longdon
James Kidd
David Ward 

Board  
meetings

Nominations 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Audit 
Committee

8

8
4
8
8
7
1
5
8
7

3

3
2
3
3
1
0
n/a
n/a
n/a

6

n/a
3
6
6
4
1
n/a
n/a
n/a

4

n/a
3
4
4
3
1
n/a
n/a
n/a

1 

 Executive Directors’ and Non-Executive Directors’ attendance recorded from time of appointment to time of 
resignation (where applicable). 

• 

In addition, the Board holds a 
full-day strategy meeting every year 
at which Executive Directors and 
members of the senior management 
team make presentations covering 
progress against current strategy 
and objectives and ideas for future 
investment. 

•  The Board delegates the day-to-day 
responsibility for managing the 
Group to the Executive Directors. 
•  To enable the Board to discharge its 

duties, all Directors receive 
appropriate and timely information. 
Briefing papers are distributed by the 
Company Secretary to all Directors, 
usually four working days in advance 
of Board and Committee meetings.
•  A monthly reporting pack containing 

management accounts with 
commentary and reports from each 
Executive Director is distributed to 
the Board on a monthly basis.
•  Meetings were held between the 
Chairman and the Non-Executive 
Directors during the year, without 
the Executives being present, to 
discuss appropriate matters as 
necessary. 

•  The Chairman ensures that the 
Directors take independent 
professional advice where they 
judge it necessary to discharge their 
responsibilities as Directors at the 
Group’s expense. All members of the 
Board have access to the advice of 
the Company Secretary. 
•  Non-Executive Directors and 

Executive Directors are encouraged 
annually to undertake training in 
furtherance of their specific roles 
and general duties as a Director.

Matters reserved for the Board
The Board is responsible to 
shareholders for the proper 
management of the Group. There 
is a formal schedule of matters 
specifically reserved for the Board’s 
decision that covers key areas of 
the Group’s affairs, which include:
•  overall responsibility for the strategy 

of the Group; 

•  corporate governance;
•  review of trading performance and 

forecasts;

•  risk management;
•  Board membership; 
•  communications with shareholders;
•  approval of major transactions, 

including mergers and  
acquisitions; and 

•  approval of the financial statements 
and annual operating and capital 
expenditure budgets.

Independence of Non-Executive 
Directors and segregation of duties
The Board has considered the 
independence of the Non-Executive 
Directors and believes that all are 
currently independent of management 
and free from any material business 
or other relationships that could 
materially interfere with the exercise 
of their independent judgement. 
Their biographies on pages 42 and 43 
demonstrate a range of experience and 
sufficient calibre to bring independent 
judgement on issues of strategy, 
performance, resources and standards 
of conduct which are vital to the Group.

The roles of the Chairman and the 
Chief Executive are distinct and the 
division of responsibility between these 
roles has been clearly established, set 
out in writing and agreed by the Board. 
The Chairman is responsible for the 
effectiveness of the Board and ensuring 
that it meets its obligations and 
responsibilities. The Chief Executive is 
responsible to the Board for the day-
to-day management of the business, 
leadership of the Executive team and 
execution of the Group’s strategic 
and operating plans. The Chairman 
and Chief Executive meet regularly 
to discuss any issues pertaining 
to the Company’s performance, 
reputation and organisation.

Committees of the Board
The Board has three committees: 
Audit, Remuneration and Nominations. 
In accordance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the duties of the 
Committees are set out in formal terms 
of reference. They are available on 
request from the Company’s registered 
office during normal business hours 
and are available on the Company’s 
website at www.aveva.com. 

Details of the main responsibilities 
and activities during the year of the 
Nominations Committee are included 
on page 41, the Audit Committee on 
pages 44 to 46 and the Remuneration 
Committee on pages 47 to 66.

Performance evaluation
The Board undertakes a formal and 
rigorous review of its performance 
and that of its Committees and 
Directors each financial year. In 2014, 
an extensive review was externally 
facilitated by Armstrong Bonham 
Carter LLP, the independent board 
performance consultants. The most 
recent review was carried out in 
October 2016, led by the Chairman 
and conducted following one-on-
one interviews with each Director.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017 
39

Overall, the review concluded that 
the Board and its Committees had 
demonstrated a high degree of 
effectiveness. The Board is considered 
to be of the right size and having 
appropriate skills representation. 
The October 2016 review identified 
five priorities in the form of broader 
discussion at Board level of risk 
management and succession 
planning, a greater development of 
the annual strategy day, formalisation 
of the internal audit function, the 
appointment of a Non-Executive 
Director with software development 
and/or end market experience and 
an increase in senior management 
presentations to the Board. Each 
of these areas of development has 
been incorporated into the Board’s 
schedule for the next year and 
into objectives for the Executive 
Directors or Board Committees.

Internal control and risk management
The Board has overall responsibility for 
the Group’s system of internal control 
and for monitoring its effectiveness. 
However, such a system is designed 
to manage rather than eliminate 
the risk of failure and by its very 
nature can only provide reasonable 
and not absolute assurance against 
material misstatement or loss. The 
principal risks and uncertainties the 
Group faces are set out on pages 
30 and 31. There were no significant 
control failures during the year.

The Board has established a 
continuous process for identifying, 
evaluating and managing the significant 
risks the Group faces. The Board 
regularly reviews the effectiveness of 
the Group’s internal controls, which 
have been in place from the start 
of the year to the date of approval 
of this report, and believes that it is 
in accordance with the September 
2014 Financial Reporting Council 
Guidance on Risk Management, 
Internal Control and Related 
Financial and Business Reporting.

The key elements of the system of 
internal controls currently include:
•  each member of the Executive team 
has responsibility for specific aspects 
of the Group’s operations. They 
meet on a regular basis and are 
responsible for the operational 
strategy, reviewing operating results, 
identification and mitigation of risks 
and communication and application 
of the Group’s policies and 
procedures. Where appropriate, 
matters are reported to the Board;
•  regular reports to the Board from the 

Executive team on key 
developments, financial 
performance and operational issues 
in the business;

•  operational and financial controls 
and procedures which include 
authorisation limits for expenditure, 
sales contracts and capital 
expenditure, signing authorities, IT 
application controls, organisation 
structure, Group policies, 
segregation of duties and reviews by 
management; 

•  an annual budget process which is 
reviewed, monitored and approved 
by the Board; 

•  regular meetings between the 

Executive team, sales area managers 
and key functional managers to 
discuss actual performance against 
forecast, budget and prior years. The 
operating results are reported on a 
monthly basis to the Board and 
compared to the budget and the 
latest forecast as appropriate;

•  targeted internal audit reviews which 
focus on confirming the operation of 
controls in key process areas; and
•  maintenance of insurance cover to 
insure all major risk areas of the 
Group based on the scale of the risk 
and availability of the cover in the 
external market.

The Board’s monitoring covers 
all material controls, including 
financial, non-financial, operational 
and compliance controls and risk 
management. It is based principally on 
reviewing reports from management 
to consider whether significant risks 
are identified, evaluated, managed 
and controlled and whether any 
significant weaknesses are promptly 
remedied and indicate a need for 
more extensive monitoring. The 
Board periodically carries out visits 
to the Group’s subsidiaries and 
receives presentations from local 
management on their operations.

The Board has also performed a specific 
assessment for the purpose of this 
Annual Report. This involved reviewing 
the Group’s risk matrix that had been 
reviewed/updated by the Group’s 
Risk Committee, with representatives 
involved from the Executive team and 
senior managers. This assessment 
considered all significant aspects of 
internal control necessary for the 
Company to successfully carry out the 
key business strategies of the Group 
together with more generic inherent 
risks of the Group’s operations. The 
Audit Committee assists the Board in 
discharging its review responsibilities.

Indemnities to Directors
In accordance with the Company’s 
Articles of Association, Directors 
are granted an indemnity from the 
Company to the extent permitted by 
law in respect of liabilities incurred as 
a result of the performance of their 
duties in their capacity as Directors of 
the Company. The indemnity would 
not provide any coverage to the 
extent the Director is proven to have 
acted fraudulently or dishonestly. 
The Company has maintained 
Directors’ and officers’ liability 
insurance cover throughout the year.

GOVERNANCE REPORT40

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

Policy on appointment and 
reappointment
In accordance with the Articles 
of Association, all Directors are 
required to retire and submit 
themselves for re-election at least 
every three years by rotation and 
also following their appointment. In 
addition, as in the prior year and in 
accordance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, all of the Board 
members are offering themselves 
for re-election at the Annual 
General Meeting (unless retiring). 

Non-Executive Directors are appointed 
for a term of three years. The terms 
and conditions of appointment of 
Non-Executive Directors are available 
for inspection at the Company’s 
registered office during normal 
business hours and will be available 
for inspection on the day of the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 

Dialogue with institutional 
shareholders
Communication with shareholders 
is given high priority by the Board. 
The Chief Executive, Chief Financial 
Officer and Head of Investor Relations 
have meetings with representatives 
of institutional shareholders and 
hold analyst briefings at least twice 
a year, following the announcement 
of the interim and full year results, 
but also at other times during the 
year as necessary. Senior managers 
from Product Development, Business 
Strategy and Finance also attended 
analyst and shareholder meetings 
during the year. In January 2017, the 
Executive Directors and key members 
of the Executive Committee hosted 
shareholders and sell-side analysts at a 
capital markets afternoon. The session 
was an opportunity for the Group to 
provide more detail as to the business 
strategy and key areas of focus. All of 
these meetings seek to build a mutual 
understanding of objectives with major 
shareholders by discussing long-term 
strategy and obtaining feedback. 

The Board also receives formal 
feedback from analysts and 
institutional shareholders through 
the Company’s financial PR adviser 
and financial advisers. The Board is 
appraised of discussions with major 
shareholders to ensure that Executive 
and Non-Executive Directors consider 
any matter raised by shareholders and 
to enable all Directors to understand 
shareholder views. In addition, when 
necessary, the Group consults with 
shareholders in respect of proposals 
for the remuneration of Executive 
Directors. The Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director, Philip Dayer, is 
available to shareholders if they have 
concerns, which contact through the 
normal channels of Chairman, Chief 
Executive or Chief Financial Officer 
has failed to resolve or if such contact 
would be inappropriate. The Chairman, 
Senior Independent and Non-Executive 
Directors are available for dialogue with 
shareholders at any time and attend 
(together with the other members 
of the Board) the Annual General 
Meeting, but are not routinely involved 
in investor relations or shareholder 
communications. Corporate 
information is also available on the 
Company’s website, www.aveva.com.

Constructive use of the Annual 
General Meeting
The Board seeks to use the Annual 
General Meeting to communicate 
with investors and all shareholders 
are encouraged to participate. The 
Chairmen of the Audit, Remuneration 
and the Nominations Committees 
will be available at the Annual General 
Meeting to answer any questions.

Philip Aiken
Chairman
23 May 2017

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201741

NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE REPORT 

During the financial year, the 
Nominations Committee comprised 
a majority of independent Non-
Executive Directors, chaired by 
Philip Aiken. The Committee 
has responsibility for Board and 
Committee composition, particularly 
in relation to the diversity of 
background, skills and experience. 
The Committee oversees the 
nomination, selection and 
appointment of Non-Executive and 
Executive Directors and monitors 
succession planning for the Board  
and senior management roles.

In 2016/17, the Committee met 
three times and the main areas that 
it concentrated on were succession 
planning, Board refreshment and Board 
and senior management appointments.

Succession planning and  
Board refreshment
Effective succession planning is vital for 
the long-term success of the Company. 
There have been considerable changes 
to the composition of the Board 
during the financial year and the 
Committee has taken a lead role in the 
process for the appointment of both 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors 
and senior management. A key 
requirement of the succession planning 
and Board evaluation has been to 
ensure a balance of skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge that is 
appropriate to manage future growth 
and strategic plans of the Company.

With the appointments during the 
course of 2016 of our new Chief 
Executive, our new Chief Financial 
Officer and our two new Non-
Executive Directors, the Committee 
considers that, at the same time as 
promoting very able internal people 
with vast Company knowledge, 
the Company has also gained 
experienced Board members who 
will complement and add depth to 
the skills and balance of the Board. 

Details of Board changes
On 31 December 2016, after 33 years 
with the Group, 17 years of which as 
Chief Executive, Richard Longdon 
stepped down from his role as Chief 
Executive and Executive Director of  
the Company. 

On 8 July 2016, James Kidd, previously 
Chief Financial Officer since 2011, was 
announced as being Richard Longdon’s 
successor as Chief Executive and was 
appointed as deputy Chief Executive 
with effect from that date. James 
assumed the role of Chief Executive 
with effect from 1 January 2017.

Additionally, on 8 July 2016, David 
Ward was appointed Chief Financial 
Officer, having previously held the 
position of Head of Finance since 2011.

In respect of these appointments 
as Executive Directors, the 
Committee considered the two 
internal candidates to be the most 
suitable candidates, bearing in mind, 
in particular, their knowledge of, 
and service with, the Company.

The Chairman of the Nominations 
Committee and the remainder of the 
Board considered the independence of 
Philip Dayer now that he is in his third 
term of office. It was concluded that he 
remained independent and continued 
to contribute to the operation of the 
Board. Philip Dayer will not stand 
for re-election at the 2017 AGM.

Jonathan Brooks resigned 
from the Board with effect 
from 8 November 2016.

In respect of the intended resignation 
of Jonathan Brooks in November 
2016, Christopher Humphrey was 
duly appointed as a Non-Executive 
Director on 8 July 2016; this being as 
part of a transition process between 
the two Non-Executive Directors, and 
Christopher Humphrey became Chair 

of the Audit Committee with effect 
from 2 November 2016. Additionally, in 
advance of the intent for Philip Dayer 
not to stand for re-election at the 2017 
AGM, Ron Mobed was appointed as 
a Non-Executive Director on 1 March 
2017. It was also decided that Jennifer 
Allerton should assume the position 
of Remuneration Committee Chair. In 
relation to both of these appointments, 
the Company consulted with a number 
of search firms, and retained the 
services of Spencer Stuart, to provide 
suitable candidates for consideration 
by the Nominations Committee. Short 
listed candidates were interviewed 
by the Chairman and other Non-
Executive and Executive Directors.

On appointment, all Directors are 
asked to confirm that they have 
sufficient time to devote to the role, 
which is confirmed together with 
details of their duties in the letter of 
appointment. All Directors undergo 
an induction as soon as practical 
following their appointment. As part 
of the induction process, Directors are 
provided with background information 
on the Group and attend the Group’s 
headquarters in Cambridge for 
meetings and presentations from 
senior management. In addition, 
where appropriate, meetings are also 
arranged with the Group’s advisers. 

Diversity policy
The Board considers that diversity, 
including diversity of gender, is 
very important when reviewing the 
composition of the Board and possible 
new appointments. That said, whilst 
the Board notes the 2016 Hampton/
Alexander report on FTSE women 
leaders, it has not set targets on gender 
balance. The Board considers that 
the most important consideration is 
to appoint people based on merit, 
skills and relevant experience with 
a view to enhancing the balance 
and effectiveness of the Board.

GOVERNANCE REPORT42

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

THE BOARD HAS SEEN SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE PAST  
12 MONTHS, WITH A NUMBER OF NEW MEMBERS BRINGING A 
DIFFERENT MIX OF EXPERIENCES, ENSURING THE BOARD CONTINUES 
TO OPERATE EFFECTIVELY AND PROVIDES STRONG LEADERSHIP.

PHILIP AIKEN
CHAIRMAN

JAMES KIDD
CHIEF EXECUTIVE

DAVID WARD
CHIEF FINANCIAL 
OFFICER

PHILIP DAYER
NON‑EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR

TIME ON BOARD: 
5 YEARS
(APPOINTED 1 MAY 2012)

COMMITTEES: 
NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE 
(CHAIRMAN) 

TIME ON BOARD:
6 YEARS 4 MONTHS  
(APPOINTED 1 JANUARY 2011)

TIME ON BOARD: 
10 MONTHS  
(APPOINTED 8 JULY 2016)

COMMITTEES: 
NONE

COMMITTEES: 
NONE

Philip Aiken has over 40 
years’ experience in industry 
and commerce. From 1997 
to 2006, he was President 
of BHP Petroleum, and then 
Group President Energy of BHP 
Billiton. Prior to that he held 
senior positions with BTR plc 
(1995 to 1997) and BOC Group 
(1970 to 1995). Other roles 
have included Non-Executive 
Director of National Grid plc, 
Chairman of Robert Walters 
plc, Senior Independent 
Director of Kazakymys plc, 
Senior Independent Director 
of Essar Energy plc, Senior 
Adviser for Macquarie Capital 
Europe, Chairman of the 
2004 World Energy Congress 
and serving on the Boards of 
the Governor of Guangdong 
International Council, World 
Energy Council and Monash 
Mt Eliza Business School. He 
is a Non-Executive Director of 
Newcrest Mining Limited and 
Chairman of Balfour Beatty plc.

James Kidd is a Chartered 
Accountant and joined AVEVA in 
2004. Prior to his appointment 
to the Board, James held several 
senior finance roles within 
the Group and was Head of 
Finance from 2006 until 2011 
when he was appointed CFO. 
He joined the Group at the 
time of the Tribon acquisition 
and played a significant part 
in the completion of this 
transaction and the subsequent 
integration of the acquired 
business. His responsibilities 
have included investor 
relations, the development 
of the Group’s overseas 
subsidiaries, standardisation 
of financial processes and 
procedures as well as being 
heavily involved in the Group’s 
recent acquisitions. Prior to 
joining AVEVA James worked 
for both Arthur Andersen and 
Deloitte, serving technology 
clients in both transactional 
and audit engagements.

David Ward joined AVEVA in 
2011 as the Head of Finance 
before being appointed to 
the Board as Chief Financial 
Officer (CFO) in July 2016. In 
his six years with AVEVA, he 
has led the development of 
the Group’s Finance function 
and AVEVA’s risk and internal 
controls agenda, chairing 
AVEVA’s management Risk 
Committee. He has also been 
heavily involved in a number of 
strategically important change 
projects for the Company, 
including organisation design 
and information systems 
transformation. David is a 
qualified Chartered Accountant 
and prior to joining AVEVA, he 
worked at Ernst & Young for 
14 years in various roles within 
the Assurance practice and 
completed a secondment to 
easyJet plc as Group Treasurer.

TIME ON BOARD: 
9 YEARS 4 MONTHS  
(APPOINTED 7 JANUARY 2008)

COMMITTEES: 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 
(CHAIRMAN),  
AUDIT COMMITTEE,  
NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE

Philip Dayer qualified as a 
Chartered Accountant and 
pursued a corporate finance 
career in investment banking, 
specialising in advising UK-
listed companies. He was first 
appointed an Advisory Director 
in 1983 of Barclays Merchant 
Bank Limited and since then 
has held the position of 
Corporate Finance Director with 
a number of banks. He retired 
from Hoare Govett Limited in 
2004. Philip is a Non-Executive 
Director of Kazmunaigas 
Exploration Production JSC, 
The Parkmead Group plc, VTB 
Capital plc and PAO Severstal.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201743

EXPERIENCE OF  
THE TEAM

TENURE OF THE BOARD: 

< 1 year

1-3 years

3-6 years

6+ years

<1 year: 
1-3 years:  
3-6 years:  
6+ years:   

3

0

2

2

DW, CH, RM 
– 
PA, JA 
PD, JK 

GENDER OF THE BOARD: 

Male
Female

SECTOR EXPERIENCE OF THE BOARD

Technology

57%

Financial

57%

Oil & Gas

43%

Software

43%

Engineering

Power 

29%

29%

Construction

29%

JENNIFER ALLERTON
NON‑EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR

TIME ON BOARD: 
3 YEARS 10 MONTHS  
(APPOINTED 9 JULY 2013)

CHRISTOPHER 
HUMPHREY
NON‑EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR

TIME ON BOARD: 
10 MONTHS  
(APPOINTED 1 JULY 2016)

RON MOBED
NON‑EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR

TIME ON BOARD: 
2 MONTHS 
(APPOINTED 1 MARCH 2017)

COMMITTEES: 
AUDIT COMMITTEE,  
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE, 
NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE

COMMITTEES: 
AUDIT COMMITTEE (CHAIRMAN), 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE, 
NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE

COMMITTEES: 
AUDIT COMMITTEE, 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE, 
NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE

Jennifer Allerton has more 
than 38 years of Information 
Technology experience, most 
recently as Chief Information 
Officer at F. Hoffmann-La 
Roche in Switzerland with 
responsibility for IT strategy 
and operations for the Pharma 
division and all Group IT 
operations from June 2002 to 
July 2012. Prior to Roche, she 
served as Technology Director 
at Barclaycard with responsibility 
for Fraud Operations and IT. 
Currently, Jennifer serves as an 
Independent Director on the 
Board of Iron Mountain and as 
a Non-Executive Director of 
Paysafe Group plc and Sandvik. 
She holds Bachelor degrees 
in Mathematics from Imperial 
College, London, and a Masters 
degree in Physics from the 
University of Manitoba, Canada.

Christopher Humphrey is a 
qualified accountant and has 
over 25 years’ experience 
managing engineering and 
technology companies. He 
is a Non-Executive Director 
and Chairman of the Audit 
Committee of Vitec Group 
plc. He is also a Non-Executive 
Director of SDL plc. Christopher 
was formerly Group Chief 
Executive Officer of Anite plc, 
from 2008 until August 2015. 
He joined Anite in 2003 as 
Group Finance Director. He 
was Group Finance Director at 
Critchley Group plc and held 
senior positions in finance 
at Conoco and Eurotherm 
International plc. He was 
previously a Non-Executive 
Director of Alterian plc between 
2011 and 2012. He has a BA, 
MBA and is a Fellow of CIMA.

Ron Mobed has a broad range of 
global experience in electronic 
information businesses across a 
number of sectors and regions. 
He is Chief Executive Officer of 
the Elsevier business of RELX 
Plc and was a Non-Executive 
Director of Argus Media from 
2009 until 2011. He has also 
held Executive positions with 
Cengage Learning, IHS and 
Schlumberger. He is a Fellow of 
the Institute of Directors and of 
the Energy Institute. He holds a 
Bachelor’s degree in Engineering 
from Trinity College, 
University of Cambridge and a 
Masters degree in Petroleum 
Engineering from Imperial 
College, University of London.

GOVERNANCE REPORT 
 
44

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

WE ARE COMMITTED TO ENSURING THE INTEGRITY OF THE 
GROUP’S FINANCIAL REPORTING, AUDIT PROCESS, KEY RISK 
MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL.

The Audit Committee has a number of responsibilities:
•  to undertake regular scrutiny of the Group’s financial performance;
•  ensuring the financial integrity of the Group is effective; 
•  ensuring the Group has the appropriate risk management processes and 

internal controls; and

•  ensuring that the internal and external audit processes are robust.

Committee Membership
The Audit Committee at the 
date of this report comprises 
four Non-Executive Directors. 

During 2016/17 the members were:
Chairman
Christopher Humphrey  
(from 2 November 2016)
Jonathan Brooks  
(until 2 November 2016)

Members
Philip Dayer
Jennifer Allerton
Christopher Humphrey  
(from 8 July 2016)
Ron Mobed (from 1 March 2017)

Brief biographical details for all the 
members of the Committee are 
included on pages 42 and 43.

The Audit Committee provides 
effective governance over external 
financial reporting, risk management 
and internal controls and reports its 
findings and recommendations to the 
Board. In my capacity as Chairman of 
the Audit Committee, I am pleased 
to report on the operations of the 
Committee during the past year, with 
emphasis on the specific matters 
we have considered, including 
compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (“the Code”) 
and associated Guidance on Audit 
Committees. I confirm that we have 
fully complied with the requirements 
of the Code as issued in April 2016.

I was appointed Chairman of 
the Committee on 2 November 
2016, succeeding Jonathan 
Brooks who stood down from 
the Board in the same month. 

Christopher Humphrey
Audit Committee Chairman

I would like to thank Jonathan for his 
work as Audit Committee Chairman 
and also for his time in handing over 
this responsibility to me. The Board 
believes I have the necessary recent 
and relevant financial experience 
as required by the Code as I am a 
Chartered Management Accountant 
and a Fellow of CIMA, and have 
most recently held the role of Chief 
Executive Officer and previously 
Group Finance Director of Anite plc, 
a UK listed company, and previously 
senior positions in finance at Conoco, 
Eurotherm International plc and 
Critchley Group plc. I have maintained 
an up-to-date understanding of 
financial and corporate governance 
best practice by attending many 
training sessions and updates 
presented by the major accounting 
firms. The Board also considers that 
the other members of the Committee 
have a broad range of appropriate skills 
and experiences covering financial, 
commercial and operational matters.

My induction process involved me 
meeting senior members of AVEVA’s 
Financial Management team prior to 
Jonathan’s departure and I was closely 
involved with the half year reporting 
processes relating to 2016. I have 
met with key internal employees and 
representatives of Ernst & Young (EY) 
to learn more about the workings of 
the Group’s financial reporting and 
audit process. During the year I chaired 
two meetings of the Audit Committee.

Audit Committee terms of reference
The Audit Committee monitors 
the integrity of the financial 
statements of the Group and the 
Committee members (as part of 
the full Board) review all proposed 
announcements to be made by the 
Group and consideration is given to 
any significant financial reporting 
judgements contained in them. 

The Committee considers the 
effectiveness of financial reporting 
and internal controls, compliance 
with legal requirements, accounting 
standards and the Listing, Disclosure 
and Transparency Rules of the Financial 
Conduct Authority. We also review 
any proposed change in accounting 
policies and any recommendations 
from the Group’s auditor regarding 
improvements to internal controls 

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201745

Overview of the year’s activities
In addition to its prescribed duties the Audit Committee undertook several additional projects during the year. 

Topic

Revenue recognition

External audit tender

Internal audit

Risks and internal controls

Non-audit services

and the adequacy of resources 
within the Group’s finance function. 
The Committee also assesses the 
process that has been established 
to ensure that the Annual Report is 
fair, balanced and understandable, 
reporting to the Board on their findings.

A full copy of the Committee’s terms 
of reference is available from the 
Company’s website at www.aveva.com. 

Activity in the year

The Committee received regular updates from management as to its consideration of implications 
of the new accounting standard for revenue recognition – IFRS 15. The new revenue recognition 
standard comes into effect on 1 January 2018, and the first period for which revenue will be reported 
under IFRS 15 will be the interim period to September 2018. The Committee is tracking management’s 
progress and a presentation outlining the roadmap and expected impact assessment was presented 
to the Committee in March 2017. 

The Committee undertook a tender of the external audit in the summer of 2016, culminating in 
presentations to the Committee by the incumbent auditor Ernst & Young (EY), as well as Deloitte and 
PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC). The Committee was impressed by the quality of presentations from 
all three firms and, ultimately, EY were successful in retaining the audit. The Committee felt that EY 
were in the strongest position to manage the risk associated with the Company’s transition to the new 
revenue recognition accounting standard, IFRS 15, and were pleased with the competitive fee proposal.

The Committee undertook a review of the Group’s position on internal audit. An outline proposal was 
considered in November 2016 to create an internal audit programme, and the level of assurance that 
such a programme would provide. The proposal was approved by the Committee and incorporates the 
establishment of a minimum controls framework, against which internal audit testing will be focused. 

Following this, two internal audit visits to overseas subsidiaries were conducted by members of the 
Group Finance team, and a further visit was conducted by PwC. More details of the Company’s new 
approach to internal audit is included below.

As part of our ongoing programme of controls assurance, the Committee commissioned internal 
audit to undertake a review of the process and controls involved in the invoicing of annual fees. 
Generally the findings were encouraging but some control improvements were recommended to 
ensure that all price increases available under the customer contracts are incorporated.

In March 2017, management presented an update on the Company Risk Register and the continual 
development of internal controls. The update included:
•  The new AVEVA RACI framework which is being enacted for 2017/18 to support the new regional 

organisational structure. 

•  The Risk Committee had updated the Corporate Risk Register and established a process of creating 

• 

functional risk registers, which will feed directly into the Corporate Risk Register for a more holistic 
view of corporate risks.
In furtherance of cyber security, a dedicated IT security team has been established, and a series of 
mandatory e-learning courses introduced. We continue to perform periodic phishing simulations, 
which show an encouraging improvement over time. 

Legislation on non-audit services came into effect on 1 April 2017 restricting what work the statutory 
auditor can perform. The Committee has implemented a strict policy which goes beyond the 
minimum requirements of legislation and shall be monitored closely. This has necessitated the 
Committee overseeing a transition of work from Ernst & Young to alternative professional services 
firms and advisers.

Meetings
The Audit Committee meets at least 
four times each year. The Company 
Chairman and CFO are invited to 
attend all meetings. The external 
auditor is also invited to attend. 
Members of senior management 
are invited from time to time to 
make presentations such as the 
Committee’s agenda necessitates. 

The Committee meets quarterly 
with the external auditor without 
any members of the Executive team 
being present. I also meet with the 
external auditor from time to time 
away from the Company’s offices.

Risk and internal controls
The key elements of the Group’s 
internal control framework and 
procedures are set out on page 46. The 
principal risks the Group faces are set 
out on pages 30 and 31. Annually, the 
Audit Committee considers the Group 
Risk Register and related management 
controls. Throughout the process, 
the Board or the Audit Committee:
•  gives consideration to whether areas 
should be looked at more closely 
through specific control reviews;
identifies areas where enhancement 
of internal controls is required; and

• 

•  agrees action plans to deliver the 
necessary or recommended 
enhancements.

GOVERNANCE REPORT 
46

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

The Audit Committee has developed 
a framework to gain assurance over 
the system of internal financial and 
operational controls. This comprises: 
•  A risk assessment performed by 
operational management and  
the Board to identify key areas  
for assurance. 

•  Peer and head office reviews of key 

risk areas of financial internal control. 
During the year, subsidiary company 
control visits were undertaken in 
Malaysia and Germany and specific 
reviews were undertaken related to 
annual fee billing and general 
customer contracting terms.

•  The use of qualified third parties to 

undertake specialist reviews in more 
technical areas. During 2016/17, 
PwC performed an internal audit  
of our China operations. 

•  An annual assessment by the  

Audit Committee of the whole 
system of internal financial and 
operational controls. 

There is a formal whistle-blowing 
policy which has been communicated 
to employees. This policy provides 
information on the process to follow 
in the event that any employee feels 
it is appropriate to make a disclosure. 
The Audit Committee is satisfied that 
the process is effective and reviews 
key issues which are reported.

Key estimates
The Audit Committee discusses 
with management and the auditor 
the approach that has been taken in 
assessing all key estimates. These 
include revenue recognition, provision 
for impairment of receivables and 
the valuation of retirement benefit 
obligations. Annually, the Committee 
considers the going concern principle 
upon which the financial statements 
are prepared and also the Group’s 
viability statement disclosures. 

Internal audit
As outlined above, during the year the 
Company has established an internal 
audit function which is co-resourced 
using Company employees as well as 
third party specialists. As a Committee, 
we believe this resourcing model will 
provide the most effective approach, 
with some audit reviews requiring 
internal Company knowledge and for 
other audit review areas specialist input 
from an independent third party will 

be optimal. The Company has initially 
chosen PwC for its internal audit 
partner, although this appointment is 
not contractual or for any fixed term.

The Group’s operations are 
geographically widely spread, which 
means that in some instances, 
where assurance over the operation 
of internal control is considered 
valuable, there is a clear advantage 
in such reviews of controls being 
undertaken by teams with specific local 
regulatory knowledge and without 
any local language barrier. Further, 
the Committee believes that such 
instances favour the provision of 
assurance from external sources, which 
is considered to be both more efficient 
and effective. This will be reviewed 
on a case-by-case basis, with PwC 
performing these visits as necessary.

External audit
The Audit Committee advises the 
Board on the appointment of the 
external auditor and during 2016/17 
undertook a tender of the role of 
external auditor. Three firms were 
invited to the tender process, 
which involved several meetings 
with management and culminated 
in a presentation to the Audit 
Committee in July 2016. Ultimately 
EY were successful in retaining the 
audit. The Committee felt that EY 
were in the strongest position to 
manage the risk associated with the 
Company’s transition to the new 
revenue recognition accounting 
standard, IFRS 15, and were pleased 
with the competitive fee proposal.

The Committee also advises the 
Board on the auditor’s remuneration 
both for audit and non-audit work 
and discusses the nature, scope and 
results of the audit with the external 
auditor. From 1 April 2017, new, tighter 
non-audit services legislation came 
into effect, and at the same time, the 
Group’s updated policy. The legislation 
and policy severely restricts the level 
of non-audit work that the external 
auditor is able to perform and helps 
to safeguard the independence and 
objectivity of the external auditor. 
The Committee continues to keep 
under review the cost effectiveness 
and quality of the audit service. 
Pursuant to the new policy on non-
audit services, the Audit Committee 

is required to approve any fees 
paid to the auditor for permissible 
non-audit work and delegates the 
authority for approval of such work to 
the Chief Financial Officer where the 
level of fees involved are considered 
insignificant. During the year the 
auditor has ceased all prohibited non-
audit work. The Group engages other 
independent firms of accountants 
to perform tax consulting work and 
other consulting engagements to 
ensure that the independence of 
the auditor is not compromised. 

Audit partners are rotated every 
five years and a formal statement of 
independence is received from the 
auditor each year. The Board and the 
Audit Committee are satisfied that 
the independence of the auditor has 
been maintained. The current audit 
partner, Marcus Butler, will complete his 
second year with the Group this year.

Audit planning and main audit issues
At the November 2016 meeting of the 
Committee the auditor presented their 
audit plan for 2016/17. This included 
a summary of the proposed audit 
scope for the year for each of the 
Group’s subsidiaries and a summary 
of what the auditor considered to be 
the most significant financial reporting 
risks facing the Group, together 
with the auditor’s proposed audit 
approach to these significant risk 
areas. The main area of audit focus 
for the year is the significant estimate 
surrounding revenue recognition.

Committee objectives for 2017/18
In March 2017, the Committee 
considered the objectives for the 
year ahead and it was agreed the 
following would be prioritised:
•  Complete induction of Ron Mobed 
as a new Committee member.
•  Completion of audited conversion  

to IFRS 15 (opening balance  
sheet position).

•  Completion of minimum  

control framework.

•  Enhancements to product 
development reporting.

Christopher Humphrey
Audit Committee Chairman
23 May 2017

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201747

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT

AT OUR 2017 AGM WE WILL BE SEEKING SHAREHOLDER 
APPROVAL TO RENEW OUR DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION 
POLICY, AS THE CURRENT POLICY (WHICH WAS 
APPROVED BY SHAREHOLDERS AT OUR 2014 AGM)  
IS DUE TO EXPIRE. 

Introduction
In contemplation of this policy renewal, 
the Remuneration Committee 
conducted a full review of AVEVA’s 
approach to senior Executive 
remuneration. The key findings of this 
review were as follows:
•  The main pillars of the current 
structure should be retained.

•  AVEVA’s past approach of offering 
long-term equity alignment with 
shareholders solely via regular 
annual awards under an LTIP that 
vest subject to a single EPS target 
could be improved as follows:
 – by continuing to grant ‘standard’ 
LTIP awards each year, albeit with 
vesting based upon the 
achievement of a broader range 
of targets than previously applied 
(i.e. EPS, relative TSR and other 
financial/strategic targets), and
 – by the facility to grant ‘restricted 
shares’ worth up to 35% of salary 
each year, with a corresponding 
reduction in the value of LTIP 
awards granted.

•  The current annual bonus plan 
would benefit from a degree of 
simplification and could be made 
more reflective of best practice.
•  Certain minor changes should be 
made to ensure that our policy 
continues to reflect AVEVA’s 
circumstances, is aligned to and 
supports achievement of the 
Company’s strategic objectives and 
takes due account of developments 
in best practice that have occurred 
since our current policy was 
established in 2014.

•  The current shareholding guidelines 
of 200% of salary for the CEO and 
100% of salary for the CFO should 
be increased to 300% of salary, 
should restricted share plan awards 
be granted.

Further details of the changes we are 
proposing to make to our policy are set 
out overleaf.

“I SHALL BE STEPPING 
DOWN FROM THE 
CHAIRMANSHIP OF  
THE REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE AT THE 
FORTHCOMING AGM, TO 
BE REPLACED BY JENNIFER 
ALLERTON, WHOM I WISH 
EVERY SUCCESS IN HER 
ROLE AS CHAIR OF THE 
COMMITTEE”

Context in which our review  
was undertaken
AVEVA has delivered a solid 
performance over the last two years, 
achieving strong recurring revenue 
and cash flows in the context of 
tough end market conditions. There 
has been a focus on both cost 
control and the implementation of 
a strong strategy to drive organic 
growth over the medium term.

AVEVA’s long-term potential cannot 
be realised without the expertise and 
commitment of our senior Executive 
team, now headed by James Kidd, 
following Richard Longdon’s retirement 
from the Board, with James supported 
by David Ward as our new CFO. It is 
therefore important, and very much 
in the long-term interests of our 
shareholders, that we continue to offer 
remuneration packages that ensure the 
retention and incentivisation of our key 
Executives, while also ensuring that we 
keep the prudent approach we have 
adopted to such matters in the past. 

Philip Dayer 
Remuneration Committee Chairman 

GOVERNANCE REPORT48

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

On a more general level, when 
conducting its review, the Committee 
was also mindful of the continued 
focus on Executive remuneration from 
many quarters, including investors, the 
Press and Government. In formulating 
our new policy, we have taken due 
account of all relevant developments 
in market and best practice, while 
also ensuring that our policies and 
practices are appropriate for AVEVA 
and achieve our underlying objective of 
aligning the long-term interests of our 
Executive Directors and shareholders.

Summary of policy for 2017 onwards
The structure of our new Executive 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the 
‘Policy’) is summarised below, with the 
key changes we are proposing to make 
highlighted where relevant.

Base salaries
No changes are proposed to our 
underlying approach to base 
salaries save that, to reflect best 
practice, we will impose an overall 
cap on base salaries of £600,000, 
albeit that this does not signify any 
aspiration or intention to move 
Executive Directors’ salaries to this 
level over the life of the policy. 

In terms of actual base salaries of our 
Executive Directors, James Kidd’s 
salary moved to £450,000 from 
£400,000 in April 2017 as part of the 
Committee’s approach to phasing 
James’ salary up to the intended level 
over a period of time. Note that this 
is below Richard Longdon’s salary of 
£495,000 when he retired as CEO 
on 31 December 2016. It is intended 
to further increase James’ salary to 
£500,000 for 2018/19, but only if James’ 
performance and the Company’s 
underlying circumstances warrant. 
Therefore, the Committee is taking 
a prudent approach to James’ salary 
progression by phasing the increases. 

David Ward’s base salary when he 
joined the Board was £230,000. It is 
also intended that this be increased on 
a phased basis to a more appropriate 
level, subject to his performance. As 
such, David’s base salary was increased 
to £300,000 for 2017/18.

Benefits
No changes are proposed to our 
underlying policy on benefits provision 
although, as with base salaries and to 
reflect best practice, going forward we 
will impose an overall cap on benefits, 
in this case of £50,000 (excluding 
pension-related benefits which will 
remain at 10% of salary for the 
Executive Directors). 

Annual Bonus
As noted above, our review of the 
structure of the current annual bonus 
plan identified a number of features 
that were unusual, not reflective of 
current market or best practice and 
which also added to the complexity of 
the plan:
•  The bonus is split between a ‘core 
award’ of up to 100% of salary and 
an ‘outperformance award’ of a 
further 25% of salary.

•  Only one metric (adjusted PBT) is 
currently used for the financial 
element, whereas it is now common 
for bonuses to operate with a wider 
range of financial metrics to 
encourage performance against a 
broader range of KPIs.

•  Up to 10% of the financial element 
of the bonus can be earned based 
solely on interim (as opposed to full 
year) performance.

•  The portion of bonus that is subject 
to deferral into shares was structured 
in a complex manner, with the 
proportion of deferral rising as the 
size of the bonus outturn increases.

To address these issues, the Executive 
Directors’ ongoing bonus opportunity 
will be structured as follows:
•  To simplify the plan, the concept of 

separate ‘core’ and ‘outperformance’ 
awards will be removed and replaced 
by an overall maximum bonus 
opportunity of 125% of salary (i.e. no 
increase on the current level). 
Significant outperformance will still 
be required for a bonus approaching 
125% of salary to be earned.

•  To further assist in simplification, 
and to also bring the bonus plan 
more into line with typical practice, 
the 10% interim bonus feature will 
be removed. Therefore, going 
forward, the Executive Directors’ 
entire bonus opportunity will be 
based on full year performance.

•  Flexibility will be reserved to employ 
a broader range of financial and 
non-financial metrics in the bonus, 
thereby reflecting common practice 
and also ensuring that the bonus 
outturn is based on a more rounded 
assessment of overall performance. 
More specifically, for 2017/18:
 – A bonus of up to 105% of salary 

(i.e. 84% of the maximum bonus) 
will be payable based on 
performance against a sliding 
scale of financial targets, namely 
adjusted PBT (80% of salary) and 
recurring revenue (25% of salary) 
– both important financial KPIs.
 – A bonus of up to 20% of salary 

(i.e. 16% of the maximum bonus) 
will be payable by reference to 
performance against quantifiable 
personal/strategic targets, details 
of performance against which will 
be retrospectively disclosed. 
However, to ensure affordability, 
this element of the bonus will be 
reduced by 50% if a threshold 
level of PBT is not delivered.

•  Again in the interests of 

simplification, a straight 40% of any 
bonus earned will be deferred into 
shares which vest (as per the current 
policy) in equal tranches over a 
three-year deferral period.

•  The existing malus and clawback 

provisions will be retained, with the 
Committee also reserving the right 
to adjust the bonus outturn based 
on a formulaic assessment of 
performance against the targets if 
this outturn does not reflect 
shareholders’ expectations.

Long-term incentives
How AVEVA can best structure its 
long-term equity-based pay policy has 
been a key issue addressed by the 
Committee during the policy review 
process. The Committee considers it 
vital that the interests of our senior 
management team are genuinely 
aligned with the long-term interests of 
our shareholders. 

In previous years, LTIPs were awarded 
at up to 150% of salary and were based 
solely on a single performance metric, 
namely EPS growth. The new policy 
achieves two main changes to the 
structure of the LTIPs; first, to use a 
blend of metrics to assess performance 
under the LTIP to provide a more 
rounded assessment of performance; 
and secondly to introduce the facility to 

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201749

replace a portion (worth 75% of salary) 
of the traditional LTIPs with restricted 
share plan awards of a lower quantum 
(worth 35% of salary). For 2017/18 and 
onwards, it is currently envisaged that 
awards will be structured as follows:

Traditional LTIPs 
Regular annual LTIP awards continue 
to be granted, albeit at a reduced 
quantum of 75% of salary (reflecting 
any grant of restricted share awards). 
These awards vest subject to the 
satisfaction of challenging targets 
measured over a period of not less 
than three years, as previously. For 
awards made in 2017/18, the targets 
will be structured as follows:
•  50% of the award will be subject  
to a sliding scale of adjusted EPS  
growth targets, maintaining the 
threshold and maximum targets of 
5% and 15% per annum used for 
last year’s awards but – to reflect 
internal and external forecasts 
which suggest continuing potential 
headwinds in AVEVA’s end markets 
– with the addition of an intervening 
target of 10%, so that this element 
of the award vests as per the 
following table:

Adjusted EPS growth  

targets p.a.

Proportion of vesting 
(% of total award)

5%
10%
15%

25%
80%
100%

•  25% of the award will vest based on 
AVEVA’s relative TSR performance 
against the FTSE 250 (excluding 
Investment Trusts, Financial Services 
and Real Estate sector companies). 
25% of this element will vest at 
median, with full vesting at the 
upper quartile.

•  The remaining 25% of the award will 
vest based on performance against a 
sliding scale of revenue growth 
targets that have been developed to 
specifically support AVEVA’s growth 
strategy in certain parts of its 
business. Due to commercial 
sensitivity, the Committee does not 
believe it to be in shareholders’ 
interests to prospectively disclose 
details of the revenue growth 
targets. However, they will be 
objectively measurable over a 
three-year period, significant 
outperformance will be required to 
deliver full vesting, the targets will be 
disclosed retrospectively following 

vesting, and vesting will only occur if 
the Committee is satisfied that the 
Company’s underlying financial 
performance warrants such 
payment. 25% of this element (for 
each revenue target) will vest at 
threshold levels of performance, 
with full vesting at maximum 
achievement. The revenue growth 
criteria are as follows:
 – Half of this portion (i.e. 12.5% of 
the total LTIP award) will vest 
based on performance against a 
sliding scale of targets relating to 
three-year growth in revenue from 
Owner Operators (OOs). Revenue 
growth from OOs is an important 
strategic measure for the Group, 
as this will supplement the 
revenue streams already derived 
from Engineering, Procurement & 
Construction contractors (EPCs). 
Therefore it is important that we 
build these key relationships in 
order to protect and develop our 
existing business.

 – The remaining half of this portion 
(i.e. 12.5% of the total LTIP award) 
will vest based on performance 
against a sliding scale of targets 
relating to three-year revenue 
growth in ‘More than 3D’. 
Historically AVEVA’s core strength 
has been in 3D engineering and 
design software. We wish to 
continue to expand our product 
portfolio so as to be able to offer 
a wider solution to customers. 
This is an important source of 
growth because we have an 
installed base that is still 
relatively unpenetrated in terms 
of the wider product portfolio.  
In addition, we can offer 
prospects a more complete, 
integrated solution which helps 
drive efficiency.

Restricted Share Plan (RSP)
Restricted share plan awards can be 
granted over shares worth up to 35% of 
salary (i.e. replacing a portion of the 
traditional LTIP award that would 
otherwise have been granted, worth up 
to 75% of salary). Should restricted plan 
awards be granted, the shareholding 
guidelines will be increased to 300% of 
annual salary for both CEO and CFO 
(previously 200% and 100%, 
respectively). As is the case with the 
traditional LTIPs, restricted shares will 
be subject to a three-year vesting 
period followed by a two-year post-

vesting holding period. In the event of a 
change in control, awards vest subject 
to pro-rating (unless the Committee 
determines otherwise). Malus and 
clawback provisions would apply to this 
award (as they will to the LTIP awards) 
and awards would only be made if the 
Committee is satisfied that the 
Executive’s performance is satisfactory. 
The Committee will withhold the award 
if there is no bonus achievement. 

When agreeing on the introduction of a 
modest restricted shares element to 
our remuneration policy, the 
Committee concluded that:
•  Restricted shares provide a 

genuinely meaningful and tangible 
interest in shares.

• 

•  While a wholesale move to restricted 
shares (with a complete cessation of 
the LTIP) was an alternative 
approach, it remained appropriate 
for a significant portion of our 
Executive Directors’ equity pay to 
remain directly linked to the 
achievement of challenging 
performance conditions, thereby 
ensuring that the Executive Directors 
remain accountable to shareholders 
for their performance.
Introducing a restricted share plan 
addresses the continuing debate 
surrounding overall levels of 
Executive remuneration head on, as 
the impact of a grant of restricted 
shares at 35% of salary and 
corresponding reduction in LTIP 
awards by 75% of salary would 
reduce the maximum value of our 
Executive Directors’ long-term 
incentive opportunity by 40% of 
salary in face value terms. Indeed, 
we have been particularly 
conservative when determining the 
‘LTIP to restricted shares exchange 
rate’ by replacing a 75% of salary 
LTIP opportunity with a 35% of 
salary restricted share award  
(i.e. lower than the generally 
accepted 2:1 exchange rate).

•  While the introduction of restricted 
shares could potentially be viewed 
as adding complexity to our pay 
arrangements, their introduction has 
been balanced by a significant 
simplification of the structure of our 
annual bonus plan (which retains the 
large deferred share element – 
further evidence of our commitment 
to equity-based pay and the 
alignment with shareholders that 
this brings). 

GOVERNANCE REPORT50

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

•  The application of a two-year 

post-vesting holding period for  
all awards.

•  The enhanced share ownership 
guidelines of 300% of salary  
should restricted share plan awards 
be made.

This approach was subject to an 
extensive prior consultation with our 
major shareholders who I am pleased to 
report were generally very supportive.

Part A of this report contains full details 
of the new policy, in respect of which a 
binding shareholder resolution will be 
tabled at the forthcoming AGM. An 
advisory resolution will also be tabled in 
connection with Part B of this report 
which explains how the existing policy 
was implemented last year. 

Finally, I shall be stepping down from 
the Chairmanship of the Remuneration 
Committee at the forthcoming AGM, 
to be replaced by Jennifer Allerton, 
who has been a member of the 
Remuneration Committee since 
2013. I wish her every success in her 
role as Chair of the Committee.

Philip Dayer
Remuneration Committee Chairman

•  Restricted shares are a new 
development for Executive 
remuneration and their introduction 
has attracted mixed views amongst 
the investment community. 
Accordingly, the Committee has 
decided to introduce restricted 
shares as a supplement to the LTIP 
rather than supplant it.

•  The use of restricted shares for the 

Executive Directors would align with 
the structure of equity incentives 
throughout the wider management 
population, where restricted  
shares have been used in tandem 
with LTIP awards for some years 
without any concerns arising 
regarding complexity.

Therefore, by (i) the introduction of a 
limited restricted share plan, (ii) the 
continuation of the LTIP, at greatly 
reduced levels when made in tandem 
with restricted shares, with targets that 
encourage a reward for the delivery of 
performance across a broader range of 
metrics, and (iii) the retention of the 
deferred share element of the bonus, 
AVEVA will have a well thought-out and 
rounded equity-based remuneration 
programme that is tailored to our 
specific circumstances and which 
provides both internal and external 
alignment. The enhanced share 
ownership guidelines and use of 
two-year post-vesting holding periods 
also clearly assist in this regard.

Other Committee activities  
during the year 
In addition to conducting the policy 
review, the Committee undertook a 
number of other activities during and 
relating to 2016/17, including:
•  Agreeing the packages of James 
Kidd, David Ward and Richard 
Longdon following their respective 
changes in role.

•  Setting the 2016/17 bonus targets 

and determining the ultimate bonus 
outturn. Full details can be found  
on page 61.

•  Granting the 2016 LTIP awards, 

further details of which can be found 
on page 62.

•  Determining the vesting of the  

2014 LTIP. Full details can be found 
on page 63.

Finally, our review noted that some 
amendments to the rules of the 
LTIP are required to reflect standard 
market practice. For example, to 
further strengthen alignment between 
Executives and shareholders, it is 
proposed that the LTIP be amended 
to enable the Committee to award an 
amount (in cash or shares) equal in 
value to any dividends that would have 
been paid on vested shares from the 
date of grant to the date on which the 
award is released to the participant. 
Certain other administrative 
amendments to the rules of the LTIP 
are also proposed to: (i) formally 
reflect the introduction of the two-
year post-vesting holding period that 
has applied to recent awards granted 
to Executive Directors; (ii) ensure that 
the plan operates fairly where there 
is a variation of share capital; and (iii) 
bring within the definition of a ‘change 
in control’ – which could be a vesting 
event – the situation whereby a third 
party that already has a controlling 
interest in AVEVA acquires the entire 
issued share capital of the Company. 
We will be seeking shareholder 
approval for these changes at the AGM.

Summary 
I hope you find the contents of this 
Report clear and are supportive of the 
approach we intend to adopt going 
forward. We appreciate that the 
restricted share plan is, as practice 
currently stands, a relatively unusual 
feature. With this in mind, the 
Committee has included a number of 
safeguards that ensure our approach 
would be fully aligned with the long-
term interests of our shareholders:
•  The continuation of a significant 

share deferral element of the (now 
simplified) bonus.

•  Limiting the grant of restricted 
shares to 35% of salary, with no 
award made in the event of 
underperformance as determined by 
the annual bonus objectives.

•  The continuation of LTIP awards with 

formal three-year targets linked 
directly to our strategic objectives, 
which will be lower than past  
awards in quantum terms to  
reflect an accompanying grant  
of restricted shares.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201751

PART A: THE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

This report sets out the information required by Part 4 of Schedule 8 to the Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended) (the “Regulations”). The report also satisfies the relevant 
requirements of the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority, and describes how the Board has applied the principles 
and complied with the provisions relating to Directors’ remuneration in the UK Corporate Governance Code.

The table below summarises the Committee’s future policy on the remuneration of Executive Directors which, if approved by 
shareholders at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting on 7 July 2017, will replace the existing policy for which shareholder 
approval was obtained at the 2014 Annual General Meeting, and will become binding immediately thereafter. The material 
differences between the existing and proposed new policy (which has also been designed with due account taken of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code) are explained in the statement by the Committee Chairman and also in the table below. It is 
currently intended that the policy will remain valid until the 2020 Annual General Meeting.

The Remuneration Committee aims to ensure that: the Executive Directors are provided with appropriate incentives to align 
them with the achievement of the Company’s long-term strategy and the future creation of shareholder value; enhanced 
performance is encouraged; and, the Executive Directors are, in a fair and responsible manner, rewarded for their individual 
contributions to the success of the Group. Excessive risk-taking is neither encouraged nor rewarded.

It also aims for a combination of fixed and variable payments, benefits and share-based awards that will achieve a balance in 
incentives to deliver short and long-term goals. The Company’s policy is that a substantial proportion of remuneration of 
Executive Directors should be performance-related and should be delivered in shares to create alignment with shareholders’ 
interests. Remuneration for Executive Directors is set in the context of the economic environment in which the Group 
operates, the outcome of the wider pay review for all Group employees, as well as the financial performance of the Group. 
When determining remuneration arrangements, the Committee takes into consideration relevant external considerations as 
well as the remuneration for employees of the Group generally.

Remuneration commitments made which were consistent with the approved Remuneration Policy in force at that time shall 
be honoured, even if they would not otherwise be consistent with the policy prevailing when the commitment is fulfilled.

Purpose and link to strategy Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Base salary
•  Helps recruit and retain 

employees.

•  Reflects experience 

and role.

•  Base salary is normally reviewed annually 

• 

with changes effective from 1 April, although 
salaries may be reviewed more frequently or 
at different times of the year if the 
Committee determines this is appropriate.

•  The Committee determines base salary 

taking into account factors including, but not 
limited to:
 –

the individual’s role, experience and 
performance in achieving financial and 
non-financial goals within his areas of 
responsibility.
salaries at other companies of a similar 
size and complexity as well as global 
technology peers.
remuneration of different groups of 
employees within the Company.
total organisational salary budgets.
•  The Committee takes a phased approach to 

 –

 –

 –

In determining salary increases the 
Committee generally considers the factors 
outlined in the ‘operation’ column. 

None

•  Salary increases will normally be in line with 

the range of increases in the broader 
workforce salary, although higher increases 
can be made in certain circumstances, for 
example:
 –

an increase in the individual’s scope of 
responsibilities; 
in the case of Executive Directors who 
are positioned on a lower initial salary 
while they gain experience in the role; or

 –

 – where the Committee considers that 
salary is behind appropriate market 
positioning for a company of AVEVA’s size 
and complexity.

•  However, no salary increase will be paid to an 
incumbent the effect of which is that the 
increased salary is greater than £600,000.

•  10% of base salary (pension contribution 

None

and/or cash alternative).

Pensions
•  Provide a competitive 
retirement benefit in a 
way that is cost 
effective to the 
Company.

new salaries where appropriate. 

•  Paid in cash.

•  The CEO and CFO are members of the 
AVEVA Group Personal Pension Plan  
(a defined contribution scheme).

•  The intention is that new appointments to  

the Board would also participate in the AVEVA 
Group Personal Pension Plan or receive an 
equivalent cash payment. However, if 
appropriate the Committee may determine 
that alternative arrangements for the 
provision of retirement benefits may apply. 
When determining pension arrangements for 
new appointments the Board will give regard 
to the cost of the arrangements, market 
practice and the pension arrangements 
received elsewhere in the Group. 

GOVERNANCE REPORT52

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

Purpose and link to strategy Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

•  None

•  The cost of benefit provision will depend 
on the cost to the Company of providing 
individual items and the individual’s 
circumstances.

•  However, the addition of further benefits 
than those already provided (excluding 
relocation/recruitment-related benefits and 
participation in any all-employee share plan) 
will not result in the aggregate benefit 
provision for any Executive Director 
increasing to over £50,000.

Benefits
•  Help recruit and retain 

employees

•  Provide a competitive 

range of valued 
benefits

•  Assist toward early 

return to work in the 
event of illness or 
injury

•  The benefit policy is to provide an 

appropriate level of benefit taking into 
account market practice at other companies 
of similar size and complexity and the level of 
benefits provided for other employees in the 
Group.
In line with benefits provided for other senior 
employees in the Group, Executive Directors 
currently receive a mobility allowance or 
company car, a fuel allowance and an annual 
allowance toward a range of benefits.
In the event that an Executive Director was 
required to re-locate to undertake their role, 
the Committee may provide additional 
benefits to reflect the relevant circumstances 
(on a one-off or ongoing basis).

• 

• 

•  Benefits are reviewed by the Committee in 
the context of market practice from time to 
time and the Committee may introduce or 
remove particular benefits if it is considered 
appropriate to do so. 
If the Company were to operate an 
all-employee share plan in the future, 
Executive Directors would be entitled to 
participate in the plan on the same terms as 
other employees.

• 

Annual Incentive Scheme 
• 

Incentivises and 
rewards the 
achievement of annual 
financial and strategic 
business targets and 
delivery of personal 
objectives.

•  The Committee determines an individual’s 
maximum incentive opportunity taking into 
account the responsibilities of the role and 
market practice at comparable companies. 

•  Performance targets are set by the 

Committee on an annual basis and ordinarily 
disclosed retrospectively.

•  Deferred element 

•  The Committee determines the level of 

encourages long-term 
shareholding, helps 
retention and 
discourages excessive 
risk-taking.

bonus paid taking into account performance 
against targets, the underlying performance 
of the business and Executive Directors’ 
performance during the year.

•  40% of any bonus earned is deferred into 

shares under the Deferred Share Scheme(1), 
to which malus/clawback provisions apply(2). 

•  The maximum bonus opportunity is 125% of 

•  The performance measures 

base salary.

applied may be financial or 
non-financial and corporate, 
divisional or individual and in 
such proportions as the 
Committee considers 
appropriate.

•  Where a sliding scale of 

targets is used, attaining the 
threshold level of 
performance for any 
measure will not typically 
produce a payout of more 
than 20% of the maximum 
portion of overall annual 
bonus attributable to that 
measure, with a sliding scale 
to full payout for maximum 
performance. However, the 
annual bonus plan remains a 
discretionary arrangement 
and the Committee retains a 
standard power to apply its 
judgement to adjust the 
outcome of the annual 
bonus plan for any 
performance measure 
should it consider that to be 
appropriate (e.g. if the 
provisional bonus outturn 
does not in the Committee’s 
view reflect overall 
shareholder expectations).

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201753

Purpose and link to strategy Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

The AVEVA Group Long-Term Incentive Plan (the LTIP) 
•  Establishes a 

•  Awards vest based on performance over a 

•  Awards over shares worth no more than 75% 

•  The Committee may set 

motivational and 
performance-
orientated structure to 
incentivise Directors to 
focus on the creation 
of shareholder value 
aligned with the longer 
term strategy for the 
Group.

period of three years and are subject to a 
subsequent two-year holding period. 

of salary may be made each year (assuming 
a grant of restricted shares in the same year). 

•  The maximum limit under the plan rules 

remains 250% of base salary.

•  Awards under the LTIP may be granted in the 
form of conditional awards or nominal cost 
options or phantom options which will be 
settled in cash.

•  Dividends can accrue on shares during the 

vesting period.

•  The Committee determines targets each 

year to ensure that targets are stretching and 
represent value creation for shareholders 
while remaining motivational for 
management. 

•  The Committee shall determine the extent 
to which the awards will vest based on 
performance against targets and taking into 
consideration the wider performance of the 
Group. 

•  Malus/clawback provisions apply(2).

The AVEVA Restricted Share Plan (RSP)
•  Ensures continual 
alignment to 
shareholders’ interests.

•  Awards normally vest over a period of three 
years and are subject to a subsequent 
two-year holding period. 

•  Dividends can accrue on shares during the 

vesting period.

•  Malus/clawback provisions apply(2).

•  Awards over shares worth no more than 
35% of salary may be made each year.

such performance 
conditions on awards as it 
considers appropriate, 
whether financial or 
non-financial and whether 
corporate, divisional or 
individual.

•  Performance periods may 

be over such periods as the 
Committee selects at grant, 
which will not normally be 
less than, but may be longer 
than, three years.

•  Where a sliding scale of 

targets is used, attaining the 
threshold level of 
performance for any 
measure will not typically 
produce a vesting of more 
than 25% of the maximum 
portion of overall award 
attributable to that measure, 
with a sliding scale to full 
payout for maximum 
performance. 

•  The Committee may in its 
judgement adjust the 
vesting outturn should it 
consider that to be 
appropriate (e.g. if the 
provisional vesting outturn 
does not in the Committee’s 
view reflect overall 
shareholder experience).

•  None, although the 

Committee reserves the 
right to reduce or withhold 
granting of restricted shares.

Policy table footnotes
(1)  Deferred awards will normally deliver the shares to participants in three equal tranches, one in each of the three years following the year in which an award is granted. The 

Committee has discretion to determine an alternative vesting profile. Dividends can accrue on deferred shares during the deferral period.

(2)  Awards granted under the Deferred Share Scheme and the Restricted Share Plan and, from 2012 onwards, under the LTIP, are subject to malus and clawback provisions. 

Those provisions may apply at the discretion of the Committee if accounts are corrected or published that indicate the relevant performance was materially worse than in 
the accounts used to assess vesting. Other elements of remuneration are not subject to malus or clawback.

GOVERNANCE REPORT54

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

Stating maximum amounts for the Directors’ Remuneration Policy
The Regulations and related investor guidance encourages companies to disclose a cap within which each element of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy will operate. Where maximum amounts for elements of remuneration have been set within the 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy, these will operate simply as caps and are not indicative of any aspiration.

Travel and hospitality
While the Committee does not consider it to form part of benefits in the normal usage of that term, it has been advised that 
corporate hospitality, whether paid for by the Company or another, and business travel for Directors and in exceptional 
circumstances their families may technically come within the applicable rules and so the Committee expressly reserves the 
right for the Committee to authorise such activities within its agreed policies.

Committee discretion
The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and payments for loss of office (including the exercise 
of any discretions available to it in connection with such payments) notwithstanding that they are not in line with the Policy set 
out above where the terms of the payment were agreed (i) before the Policy came into effect or (ii) at a time when the relevant 
individual was not a Director of the Company and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in consideration for 
the individual becoming a Director of the Company. For these purposes ‘payments’ include the Committee satisfying awards 
of variable remuneration and an award over shares is ‘agreed’ at the time the award is granted. 

The Committee may operate the LTIP, the RSP, the annual bonus and the Deferred Share Scheme in accordance with their 
terms. This includes:
•  The selection of participants;
•  The timing of grant of an award/bonus opportunity;
•  The size of an award/bonus opportunity subject to the maximum limits set out in the policy table; 
•  The determination of performance against targets and resultant vesting/bonus payouts;
•  Discretion required when dealing with a change of control or restructuring of the Group;
•  Determination of the treatment of leavers based on the rules of the plan and the appropriate treatment chosen;
•  Adjustments required in certain circumstances (e.g. rights issues, corporate restructuring events and special  

dividends); and 

•  The annual review of performance measures, weightings and targets from year-to-year. 

In addition, while performance measures and targets used in the annual bonus plan and LTIP will generally remain unaltered,  
if events occur which, in the Committee’s opinion, would make a different or amended target a fairer measure of performance, 
the Committee can make such amendments to the targets as it considers appropriate. 

Any use of these discretions would, where relevant, be explained in the Remuneration Committee Report and may, where 
appropriate and practicable, be the subject of consultation with the Company’s major shareholders. In addition, for the 
avoidance of doubt, in approving this policy report, authority is given to the Company to honour any commitments entered 
into with current or former Directors prior to the adoption of this policy. The Committee may also make minor amendments  
to the Policy set out above (for regulatory, exchange control, tax or administrative purposes or to take account of a change in 
legislation) without obtaining shareholder approval for that amendment. 

Remuneration arrangements throughout the Group 
Throughout the Group, remuneration is determined based on the same principles: that remuneration arrangements should be 
appropriate for the role without paying more than is necessary and that pay should be structured to incentivise individuals to 
deliver the objectives of their role. AVEVA employs over 1,700 employees in over 30 locations with roles ranging from 
administrators to technical specialists and sales staff. The structure and level of reward therefore differs from role to role 
depending on skills, experience, level of seniority and market practice for the role. AVEVA’s sales employees participate in 
commission plans that are designed to encourage the growth objectives of the Group. Around 300 employees have annual 
bonus plans with 10 receiving a portion of bonus in shares which is deferred for up to three years; all other employees are 
eligible for a Group Discretionary Award or similar, subject primarily to the Group’s financial performance and secondarily 
subject to individual performance. The most senior management participate in the LTIP and RSP.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201755

Selection of performance measures 
The Committee’s guiding principle is that remuneration arrangements that operate throughout the Group should support the 
delivery of our long-term business strategy and therefore the creation of shareholder value. Our key long-term strategic 
priority is to deliver strong but sustainable profit streams to support the delivery of this strategic priority. The metrics used in 
our annual bonus arrangements and LTIP are chosen with this in mind, with the payment of bonuses and the vesting of 
long-term incentives subject to stretching targets established by the Committee at the beginning of each performance period. 
These targets are set taking account of internal forecasts of performance over the performance period, the markets in which 
the Group operates, our long-term growth ambitions and the expectations of the investment community on the Group’s 
future potential performance. 

Remuneration Policy for new hires 
When determining the remuneration package for a newly appointed Executive Director, the Committee would seek to apply 
the following principles: 
•  The package should be market competitive to facilitate the recruitment of an individual of sufficient calibre to lead the 
business. At the same time, the Committee would intend to pay no more than it believes is necessary to secure the 
required talent.

•  The structure of the ongoing remuneration package would normally include the components set out in the policy table for 

Executive Directors.

•  Where an individual forfeits outstanding variable pay opportunities or contractual rights as a result of their appointment, the 
Committee may offer compensatory payments or awards, in such form as the Committee considers appropriate taking into 
account relevant factors, which may include the form of awards, expected value and vesting timeframe of forfeited 
opportunities. When determining such ‘buy-outs’ the guiding principle would be that awards would generally be on a ‘like 
for like’ basis to those forfeited unless not considered appropriate.

•  To facilitate awards outlined above, in the event of recruitment, the Committee may grant awards to a new Executive 
Director in accordance with Listing Rule 9.4.2. This provision permits the granting of awards to facilitate, in unusual 
circumstances, the recruitment of an Executive Director, without seeking prior shareholder approval.

•  The maximum level of variable remuneration which may be awarded (excluding any ‘buy-out’ awards) is in accordance with 

limits on the Company’s incentive plans as set out in the policy table. 

•  Where an Executive Director is required to relocate to take-up their role, the Committee may provide reasonable assistance 
with relocation (either via one-off or on-going payments or benefits) taking into account the individual’s circumstances and 
prevailing market practice.
In the event that an internal candidate is promoted to the Board, legacy terms and conditions would normally be honoured, 
including pension entitlements and any outstanding incentive awards. 

• 

Executive Director service contracts and policy on payment for loss of office 
When determining leaving arrangements for an Executive Director the Committee takes into account any contractual 
agreements including the provisions of any incentive arrangements, typical market practice and the performance and conduct 
of the individual. 

The service contracts for current and non-current Executive Directors include the following terms: 

Name

Date of Contract

Date of Appointment

Continuous Service Date

Current Executive Directors
James Kidd

David Ward

17 February 2017

19 July 2016

1 January 2017

8 July 2016

5 January 2004

17 January 2011

Non-current Executive Directors
Richard Longdon

8 July 2010 

16 August 1994

29 May 1984

GOVERNANCE REPORT56

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

The service agreements are available to shareholders to view on request from the Company Secretary.

Notice Period

Payment 
in lieu of notice

Annual Bonus

The CEO’s service contract can be terminated by the Company or the Executive Director on nine months’ notice. The CFO’s service 
contract can be terminated by the Company or the Executive Director on six months’ notice. The service agreements provide for a 
period of garden leave not exceeding six months. The Committee will determine the appropriate notice period for any new Director 
taking into account the circumstances of the individual and market practice. Any notice period will normally be no longer than 12 
months. The Committee reserves the right to provide a longer initial notice period of up to 24 months reducing to 12 months over 
the first 12 months of employment if it considers this to be appropriate.

In the event of termination of contract without notice, the Executive Director shall be entitled to a payment in respect of salary for 
the period of notice. Such payment will normally be made in instalments and subject to mitigation but the Committee shall have 
discretion to make a single payment if this is considered appropriate.

The Executive Director may, at the discretion of the Committee, remain eligible to receive an annual bonus for the financial year 
in which they ceased employment. Such annual bonus award will be determined by the Committee taking into account the 
circumstances for leaving, time in employment and performance.

Deferred Share 
Scheme 

Death: In the event of a participant’s death unvested awards shall vest. Where awards are in the form of options they may be 
exercised for a period of up to 12 months from death. 

Good leavers: At the discretion of the Committee, leaving by reason of injury, disability, redundancy, the Company for which the 
participant works leaving the Group or any other reasons determined by the Committee. Awards shall continue in full and vest on 
the originally anticipated vesting dates. Alternatively, the Committee may determine that awards should vest when the participant 
ceases employment. Awards in the form of options may be exercised in accordance with the rules of the scheme. 

Leavers in other circumstances: Awards will normally lapse.

Long Term 
Incentive Plan

Good leavers: At the discretion of the Committee, leaving as a result of death, injury, disability, redundancy, retirement, the 
Company for which the participant works leaving the Group or any other reason. Unvested awards shall continue in existence for 
the remainder of the performance period. At the end of the performance period, the awards may be permitted to vest to the extent 
determined in accordance with the applicable performance conditions and, unless the Committee determines otherwise, then 
reduced to reflect the period that elapsed from the start of the performance period to the date of cessation as a proportion of the 
performance period. 

Leavers in other circumstances: Awards will normally lapse. Vested but unexercised options held by participants who leave 
employment other than due to gross misconduct may be exercised for a period following cessation of employment.

Restricted 
Share Plan

Good leavers: At the discretion of the Committee, leaving as a result of death, injury, disability, redundancy, the Company for  
which the participant works leaving the Group or any other reason. Unvested awards shall continue in existence for the remainder 
of the vesting period. At the end of the vesting period, the awards may be permitted to vest, unless the Committee determines 
otherwise, on a pro rata basis to reflect the period that elapsed from the start of the performance period to the date of cessation  
as a proportion of the performance period. 

Other payments

Leavers in other circumstances: Awards will normally lapse. Vested but unexercised options held by participants who leave 
employment other than due to gross misconduct may be exercised for a period following cessation of employment.

An Executive Director who joined the Company before January 2008 and who is made redundant, may receive, in addition to a 
payment in lieu of notice, any statutory redundancy payment and any other payment to which he is entitled, a payment under the 
Company’s enhanced redundancy policy. This policy applies to all employees who joined the Company before January 2008. Under 
the policy, an eligible person will receive a payment calculated by reference to their length of service and weekly pay (by reference to 
gross annual salary) as follows:
•  7 weeks’ pay for service of up to 6 years; plus
•  1.5 weeks’ pay for each completed year of service over 7 years up to 20 years; plus 
•  2 weeks’ pay for each completed year of service over 20 years. 

Under the Company’s enhanced redundancy policy, eligible participants, including Executive Directors, may also receive a payment 
in lieu of a 90 day redundancy consultation period. In the event of termination of an Executive Director’s employment, a payment 
may be made in lieu of any accrued but untaken holiday. The Remuneration Committee would be responsible for considering the 
circumstances of the early termination of an Executive Director’s contract and determining whether in exceptional circumstances 
there should be compensation payments in excess of the Company’s contractual obligations.

The Company has the power to enter into settlement agreements with Directors and to pay compensation to settle potential 
legal claims. In addition, and consistent with market practice, in the event of the termination of an Executive Director, the 
Company may make a contribution towards that individual’s legal fees and fees for outplacement services as part of a 
negotiated settlement. Any such fees will be disclosed as part of the detail of termination arrangements. For the avoidance  
of doubt, the policy does not include an explicit cap on the cost of termination payments.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201757

Change of control 
In the event of a change of control or a voluntary winding-up of the Company and ultimately at the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee: 
1.  Unvested awards under the Deferred Share Scheme will vest in full at the time of change of control. 
2.  Unvested awards granted under the 2014 LTIP rules will vest having regard to the extent to which performance conditions 

have been met and unless the Committee determines otherwise, the proportion of the performance period that has 
elapsed at the date of the change of control or winding-up. 

3.  Unvested awards granted under the Restricted Share Plan shall vest in proportion to the full vesting period which has 

elapsed as at the date of change of control.

Employee context
When setting Executive Directors’ pay, the Committee considers the remuneration arrangement of other senior managers and 
employees in the Group more generally to ensure that Executive remuneration arrangements are appropriate in this context. 
AVEVA undertakes an annual salary review in April each year and uses this opportunity to reward strong performance and 
ensure salaries are in line with market rates. It manages this in a competitive environment particularly in the fast-growing 
economic areas. When determining salary increases for Executive Directors the Committee considers the outcome of the 
wider pay review for the Group. The Committee does not consult directly with employees regarding Executive Directors’ 
remuneration. However, at regular intervals the Company conducts a survey of the views of employees in respect of their 
experience of working at AVEVA including their own reward.

Dialogue with shareholders 
The views of our shareholders on remuneration matters are important to the Committee and prior to making any material 
changes to remuneration arrangements the Committee consults with major shareholders and their representative bodies to 
obtain their views (as was the case during the Policy renewal process). The Company remains committed to engaging with 
shareholders in relation to remuneration issues.

External appointments
The Company’s policy is to permit an Executive Director to serve as a Non-Executive Director elsewhere when this does not 
conflict with the individual’s duties to the Company, and where an Executive Director takes such a role they may be entitled to 
retain any fees which they earn from that appointment. 

Remuneration outcomes in different performance scenarios
The remuneration package at AVEVA is structured so that the package rewards performance over both the short and long term 
to ensure that reward is aligned with shareholder value creation. 

The charts overleaf show hypothetical values of the remuneration package for Executive Directors under three assumed 
performance scenarios:

Maximum award opportunities 
% of salary

Minimum

Mid performance – cash only

Mid performance – cash and share options

Maximum performance

Annual incentive scheme
Long-term incentives (LTI), assuming both an LTIP and 
restricted shares award at 75% and 35% of salary respectively

CEO

125%
110%

CFO

125%
110%

•  No annual incentive payout (0% of salary)
•  No vesting under the LTIP, no award under the Restricted Share Plan (RSP)

•  30% of maximum annual incentive payout (38% of salary)
•  No vesting under the LTIP, no award under the RSP

•  50% of maximum annual incentive payout (63% of salary)
•  25% vesting under the LTIP plus full award under the RSP

•  100% of maximum annual incentive payout (125% of salary)
•  100% of maximum LTI vesting/awards (110% of salary)

No share price growth has been assumed. Potential benefits under all employee share schemes and dividend equivalents have 
not been included.

GOVERNANCE REPORT58

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

Performance-related rewards (GBP)

Fixed pay

Annual bonus

CEO – James Kidd

Maximum

Mid

Mid – cash only

Minimum

Long-term 
incentives

 33% | 36% | 31% | £1,572k

 50%  | 27% | 23% | £1,038k

 75% | 25%    

| £683k

 100%   

| £514k

0k

500k

1,000k

1,500k

2,000k

CFO – David Ward

Maximum

Mid

Mid – cash only

Minimum

 33% | 36% | 31% | £1,055k

 50%  | 27% | 23% | £698k

 76% | 24%   

| £462k

 100%   

| £350k

0k

500k

1,000k

1,500k

2,000k

Remuneration Policy for Non-Executive Directors

Approach to setting fees

Basis of fees

Other items

•  Fees for the Chairman and the Non-Executive 

Directors are determined taking account of the 
individual’s responsibilities, the expected time 
commitment for the role and prevalent market 
rates. 

•  The Board is responsible for setting fees for the 
Non-Executive Directors with the Remuneration 
Committee being responsible for setting fees 
for the Chairman. 

•  Fees are reviewed at appropriate intervals, 

usually on an annual basis.

•  Basic fees are subject to the aggregate limit in 
the Company’s Articles of Association. Any 
changes in this limit would be subject to 
shareholder approval.

•  Non-Executive Directors are paid a basic fee for 
membership of the Board with additional fees 
being paid to Non-Executive Directors who hold 
the position of Committee Chairman to take 
into account the additional responsibilities and 
workload. Additional fees may also be paid for 
other Board responsibilities or roles if this is 
considered appropriate.

•  The Chairman receives an all-inclusive fee for 

•  Non-Executive Directors do not receive incentive 

pay or share awards.

•  Non-Executive Directors do not currently receive 
any benefits nor pension arrangements. Benefits 
may be provided in the future if, in the view of the 
Board (or, in the case of the Chairman, the 
Committee), this was considered appropriate.
•  Travel and other reasonable expenses (including 
fees incurred in obtaining professional advice in 
the furtherance of their duties) incurred in the 
course of performing their duties are reimbursed 
to Non-Executive Directors (including any 
associated tax liability).

the role.

•  Fees are paid in cash.

The Non-Executive Directors have appointment letters, the terms of which recognise that their appointments are subject to 
the Company’s Articles of Association and their services are at the direction of the shareholders.

The letters of appointment for Non-Executive Directors include the following terms:

Name

Philip Aiken

Philip Dayer

Jennifer Allerton

Christopher Humphrey

Ron Mobed

Date of appointment

Date of contract

1 May 2012

1 May 2015

7 January 2008

2 January 2014

9 July 2013

8 July 2016

1 March 2017

1 July 2016

27 June 2016

1 March 2017

Expiry/review date 
of current contract

Notice period
months

30 April 2018

14 July 2017

30 June 2019

7 July 2019

29 February 2020

3

3

3

3

3

All Non-Executive Directors submit themselves for election at the Annual General Meeting following their appointment and 
subsequent intervals of no more than three years.

There are no predetermined special provisions for Non-Executive Directors with regard to compensation in the event of loss of 
office. Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to any payments in lieu of notice.

The letters of appointment are available for shareholders to view from the Company Secretary upon request. 

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017  
  
59

PART B: THE IMPLEMENTATION REPORT

The Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is appointed by the Board. The members are Philip Dayer (Chair), Jennifer Allerton, Christopher 
Humphrey and Ron Mobed. All the Committee members are regarded by the Board as independent Non-Executive Directors. 
Philip Dayer will be standing down at the AGM on 7 July and Jennifer Allerton will succeed him as the Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee. Jennifer has been a member of the Remuneration Committee since 2013. 

The role of the Committee is set out in its terms of reference which are available on the Company’s website at 
www.aveva.com. The Committee’s primary responsibility is to determine the remuneration package of both the Company’s 
Executive Directors and its senior management within broad policies agreed with the Board.

FIT Remuneration Consultants (FIT) are the appointed advisors to the Committee. They provide independent advice on 
comparator information and general remuneration. Fees are charged on a time spent basis and the fees paid during the year to 
FIT in relation to the advice provided to the Committee were £61,019. FIT provide no other services to the Company and so the 
Committee is content that their advice is objective and independent.

By invitation, James Kidd and Clare Bye (EVP, Human Resources) attend the meetings to provide company insight and 
advice to help the Committee consider appropriate remuneration. Neither would be in attendance during any discussion of 
their own remuneration.

Six meetings were held during the year, which is higher than usual due to the revision of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy. 
Attendance at the meetings is shown on page 38 of the Corporate Governance section of the Annual Report.

The auditor has reported on certain sections of Part B and stated whether, in their opinion, those parts have been 
properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. Those sections of Part B which have been subject to audit 
are clearly indicated.

Shareholder voting at the 2014 and 2016 AGM
The table below shows the results of the vote on last year’s implementation vote and the most recent policy vote in 2014.

Directors’ Remuneration Policy – AGM 2014

Directors’ Remuneration Report – AGM 2016

51,530,628

54,373,504

97.31%

97.79%

1,422,153

1,222,397

2.69%

2.20%

53,176

11,938

Votes for

Percentage

Votes against

Percentage

Votes withheld

Implementation of policy for 2017/18
Base salary
Whilst salaries for the Executive Directors would normally be reviewed annually, the promotion of James Kidd to Deputy CEO 
(formerly CFO) in July 2016 and subsequently to CEO in January 2017 has resulted in increases to salary during the year.

Base salary with effect from

1 April 2016

8 July 2016

1 January 2017

1 April 2017

James Kidd

£306,000

£350,000

£400,000

£450,000

Increase

14.4%

14.3%

12.5%

David Ward

n/a

£230,000

£230,000

£300,000

Increase

n/a

n/a

30.0%

Benefits
In line with benefits provided for other senior employees, in 2017/18 Executive Directors will be provided with a company car 
allowance, a fuel allowance and a £600 annual allowance towards a range of flexible benefits. 

Pension 
James Kidd and David Ward are members of the AVEVA Group Personal Pension Plan (a defined contribution scheme). James Kidd 
receives a cash in lieu allowance in line with the detail in the policy table. Their pension contributions will remain 10% of salary.

Annual Incentive Scheme
For 2017/18, the maximum opportunity for Executive Directors under the annual incentive will continue to be 125% of base 
salary although the out-performance element has been incorporated into the core scheme, albeit still requiring a stretch level 
of performance for full payout. The half year element has been removed.

GOVERNANCE REPORT 
60

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

The financial performance targets are based on (1) Group adjusted profit before tax (PBT) targets, with a maximum weighting 
of 80% of salary, and (2) recurring revenue, with a maximum weighting of 25% of salary. A further maximum of 20% of salary is 
available for the delivery of key individual performance objectives which are agreed with the Remuneration Committee at the 
start of each financial year, although this element will be capped at a maximum achievement of 10% should the Group 
adjusted PBT target not be met.

The Board believes that, given the annual incentive scheme rewards the achievement of the annual business plan, the targets 
are market sensitive and therefore should not be disclosed in advance, but ordinarily will be disclosed retrospectively. 

As a simplification of the previous deferral calculation, 40% of any award made under the Annual Incentive Scheme, 
irrespective of the amount, will be payable in deferred shares as per the policy table.

Long-Term Incentives
As described in the introduction to the Remuneration Committee report, it is currently proposed that the structure of the  
LTIs will change, as summarised below:

Previous LTI arrangement

New LTI arrangement

Traditional LTIP:

  EPS growth

  Relative TSR performance

  Strategic objectives

Restricted Share Plan

150% of salary

150% of salary

nil

nil

nil

Total Long-Term Incentives

150% of salary

Further details of the performance conditions are as follows:

•  The adjusted EPS growth targets are:

Adjusted EPS growth targets p.a.

5%
10%
15%

75% of salary

37.5% of salary

18.75% of salary

18.75% of salary

35% of salary

110% of salary

Proportion of vesting 
(% of total award)

25%
80%
100%

•  The relative TSR performance condition will measure AVEVA against the FTSE 250 (excluding Investment Trusts, Financial 
Services and Real Estate sector companies). 25% of this element will vest at median, with full vesting at the upper quartile.
•  The strategic objectives will be a sliding scale of revenue growth targets. 25% of this element (for each revenue target) will 
vest at threshold levels of performance, with full vesting at maximum achievement. The revenue growth criteria are as follows:
 – Half of this portion will vest based on performance against a sliding scale of targets relating to three-year growth in 

revenue from Owner Operators (OOs). 

 – The remaining half of this portion will vest based on performance against a sliding scale of targets relating to three-year 

revenue growth in ‘More than 3D’. 

 – Due to commercial sensitivity, the Committee does not believe it to be in shareholders’ interests to prospectively 

disclose details of the revenue growth targets. However, they will be objectively measurable over a three-year period, 
significant outperformance will be required to deliver full vesting, the targets will be disclosed retrospectively following 
vesting, and vesting will only occur if the Committee is satisfied that the Company’s underlying financial performance 
warrants such payment.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors (audited)
The following table sets out the single figure of total remuneration for Executive Directors for the 2016/17 and 2015/16 
financial years. 

Richard Longdon 2016/17
(resigned 31 December 2016)

Richard Longdon 2015/16 

James Kidd 2016/17 as CEO
(appointed 1 January 2017)

James Kidd 2016/17 as Deputy CEO
(appointed 8 July 2016)

James Kidd 2016/17 as CFO

James Kidd 2015/16 as CFO

David Ward 2016/17
(appointed 8 July 2016)

David Ward 2015/16

Salary
£000

Benefits
£000

Annual bonus
£000

LTIPs
£000

Pension
£000

371

485

100

175

76

300

168

—

24

27

5

10

5

20

15

—

—

49

14

31

18

30

31

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

8

14

8

30

17

—

61

Total
£000

395

561

127

230

107

380

231

—

Elements of single figure of remuneration 
Base salary
The base salary for Richard Longdon was £495,000 (2015/16 – £485,000) until he stepped down at the end of December 2016. 
James Kidd’s salary in 2016/17 was £306,000 (2015/16 – £300,000) until his promotion to Deputy CEO in July 2016 when it 
increased to £350,000 with a further increase to £400,000 when he became CEO in January 2017. David Ward joined the Board 
as CFO on 8 July 2016, with a base salary of £230,000.

Benefits
In 2016/17 and 2015/16 Executive Directors were provided with a company car or a car allowance, a fuel allowance and a £500 
annual allowance towards a range of flexible benefits. From 1 January 2017, the annual allowance for flexible benefits increased 
for all UK employees (including for the Executive Directors) to £600 per annum.

Pension 
James Kidd and David Ward are members of the AVEVA Group Personal Pension Plan (a defined contribution scheme). The 
Company contributed 10% of salary to the plan during 2016/17 for David Ward. In line with policy a cash alternative was paid  
to James Kidd.

Annual incentive 
This reflects the total annual incentive paid and payable in 2017 based on performance in the year ended 31 March 2017.  
This includes both the cash element of the bonus and the portion deferred into shares under the deferred share scheme. 

The majority of the annual incentive is dependent on achieving Group adjusted profit before tax (PBT) performance targets. 
10% of the core award was dependent on achieving the half year PBT target of £9.7m. This was a binary target, paying out 
either nothing or in full. The actual achievement was £9.1m, thereby resulting in no payout. 80% was dependent on full year 
adjusted PBT performance, with nothing paying out if achievement was below £54.15m, and fully paying out if achievement 
reached £62.70m. The actual achievement was £55.0m. This resulted in an achievement of 10.0% of the 80% PBT element, 
representing 8% of scheme value. 

The Executive Directors were given individual performance objectives which comprise the remaining 10% of the annual incentive. 
When determining the level of achievement for this portion of the bonus the Committee considered that James Kidd had met 
this element having made some key appointments to his senior management team and introduced major organisational 
structure changes, along with a new operating model and responsibility matrix to underpin these. These changes will support 
the Company strategy in the future. A clear business plan identifying the Company’s strategic drivers and how these can  
be leveraged and measured has also been delivered. The Committee considered David Ward’s targets as met as he has 
achieved specific tasks in the areas of risk management, internal audit, the adoption of IFRS 15 and AVEVA’s commercial and 
contract function.

GOVERNANCE REPORT62

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

As per the policy in force relating to 2017 annual incentive payments, for bonus achievements of less than 70% of the 
potential maximum core bonus, then 75% will be paid in cash and the remaining 25% will be paid in deferred shares, with no 
further performance conditions. The amounts are summarised in the table below.

2017

Richard Longdon 

James Kidd

David Ward

Cash bonus 
£000

Deferred bonus 
£000

Total bonus 
£000

—

47

23

—

16

8

—

63

31

Long-term incentives 
This includes the LTIP awards granted under the Long-Term Incentive Plan in 2014 that were capable of vesting based on 
performance in the three-year period ended 31 March 2017.

These awards were subject to the delivery of EPS growth. 0% of awards vest for diluted adjusted EPS growth of less than 12% 
p.a., with 100% of awards vesting for diluted adjusted EPS growth of 20% p.a. Average diluted EPS growth for the three-year 
performance period did not reach the minimum 12% p.a. growth needed and therefore 0% of the LTIP awards will vest for the 
period relating to 2016/17.

Other information in relation to 2016/17
Scheme interests awarded in the year (audited)
The following tables set out details of the LTIP 2014 and deferred share awards made to the Executive Directors during 2016/17:

2014 LTIP
Performance measures are based on diluted adjusted EPS growth. 25% vests for diluted adjusted EPS growth of 5% p.a. and 
100% vests for diluted adjusted EPS growth of more than 15% p.a. Linear interpolation applies between these points.

Executive Director

Date of grant

Basis of Award

Face Value of Awards1

Performance Period

Richard Longdon
James Kidd
David Ward

13 July 2016

150% of base salary
150% of base salary
120% of base salary

£742,500
£525,000
£276,000

1 April 2016 – 31 March 2019

1  To determine the number of shares over which these awards were made a share price of 1,780p was used which was the average share price for the five days prior to  

the award.

Deferred Share Awards

Executive Director

Date of grant

Basis of Award

Face Value of Awards2

Performance Period

Richard Longdon

James Kidd

25 July 2016

Deferred element of
2015/16 annual incentive

£12,112

£7,488

No performance period. Awards 
vest in equal tranches on the date of 
announcement in May 2017, May 2018  
and May 2019 

2  This is calculated as the number of deferred shares issued in the year, multiplied by the closing share price the day before the preliminary announcement  

(23 May 2016) of 1,600p.

Shareholding guidelines and interests in shares (audited)
Executive Directors are required to build up a shareholding from vested Long-term incentive awards. Shares are valued for 
these purposes at the year end price, which was 1,950p at 31 March 2017.

Richard Longdon 
James Kidd
David Ward

Share 
ownership 
guideline as a % 
of base salary

Have 
guidelines  
been met?

Yes
200%
200%1
 On-target
100%1 On-target

Actual share ownership  
(as a % of base salary)

Shares owned outright  
at end of year

2016/17

1,337%
85%
5%

2015/16

 825%
82%
n/a

2016/17

2015/16

257,105
17,468
555

253,974
15,563
n/a

1  Share ownership guidelines will be increased to 300% should Restricted Share Plan awards be granted.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201763

Outstanding scheme interests (audited)

Richard Longdon
LTIP
Deferred shares

James Kidd
LTIP
Deferred shares 

David Ward
LTIP
RSP2
Deferred shares 

As at 
1 April 
2016
Number

Granted 
during 
the year

Exercised 
during 
the year1

Lapsed/
forfeited 
during 
the year

As at 
31 March 
2017

Exercise 
price 
(p)

Gain on 
exercise 
of share 
options1

125,899
4,479

41,713
757

–
(3,131)

(19,931)
–

147,681
2,105

3.556 
nil

n/a
51,380

47,594
2,764

29,494
468

–
(1,905)

(10,647)
–

66,441
1,327

10,154
4,205
494

15,505
–
–

–
–
(369)

(2,365)
–
–

23,294
4,205
125

3.556
nil

3.556
3.556
nil

n/a
31,261

n/a
n/a
6,055

1  Market value at exercise date was 1,641p
2  David Ward was granted Restricted Share Plan (RSP) awards in 2015 when he was part of the senior management team, prior to his Executive Director appointment. 

Summary of LTIP targets 
The following table sets out a summary of the performance targets attached to outstanding long-term incentive awards.

Performance measures are based on diluted adjusted EPS compound annual growth over a three-year period. 25% vests  
for diluted adjusted EPS growth of threshold, and 100% vests for diluted adjusted EPS growth of the maximum.  
Linear interpolation applies between these points.

Date of award

Options 
granted to 
Executive 
Directors

Period of performance 
measurement

Diluted adjusted 
EPS1 growth 
threshold

Diluted adjusted 
EPS1 growth 
maximum

21 August 2013

30,578

2013/14 – 2015/16

14%

20%

21 July 2014

21 July 2015

13 July 2016

49,429

2014/15 – 2016/17

61,615

2015/16 – 2017/18

86,712

2016/17 – 2018/19

12%

12%

 5%

20%

20%

15%

Achievement

Target not met, 
award did not vest

Target not met, 
0% of award 
expected to vest

Performance period 
not yet completed

Performance period 
not yet completed

1  The definition of and figures used for diluted adjusted EPS are provided in note 13 in the notes to the consolidated financial statements on page 89. 

Dilution
The number of shares which may be allocated on exercise of any options granted under any of the Company’s share option 
schemes (including employee schemes) shall not, when aggregated with the number of shares which have been allocated in 
the previous ten years under these schemes, exceed 5% of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue immediately 
prior to that date.

Payments made to past Directors (audited)
Richard Longdon received a salary of £31,250 per month for the period 1 January 2017 to 31 March 2017, and will continue to 
do so until 31 December 2017, whilst he is conducting the role of President. Subject to completing his Presidential role, he shall 
be awarded a bonus equal in value to one-third of his calendar 2017 salary, or £125,000. This payment is not performance-
related. LTIP awards previously granted shall vest as per the scheme rules, as summarised on page 53. No other payments 
were made during 2016/17. 

Payments for loss of office (audited)
Richard Longdon received £500 in consideration of restrictive covenants and warranties. No other payments were made 
during 2016/17. 

GOVERNANCE REPORT64

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

Total shareholder return v. techMARK All-Share Index 2009–2017
The graph below shows performance, measured by total shareholder return, compared with the performance of the 
techMARK All-Share Index. Total shareholder return is the share price plus dividends reinvested compared against the 
techMARK All-Share Index, rebased to the start of the period.

Total shareholder return (GBP)

AVV TSR

FTSE techMARK
All-Share TSR

500

400

300

200

100

0

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

The Directors consider the techMARK All-Share Index to be an appropriate choice as the Index includes AVEVA Group plc.

CEO single figure eight year history
The table below shows the eight year history of the CEO single figure of total remuneration:

2009/10

2010/11

2011/12

2012/13

2013/14

2014/15

2015/16

2016/17

Richard Longdon (retired 31 December 2016)
James Kidd (appointed 1 January 2017)
CEO single figure of total remuneration 

(£‘000)1

818
–

818

695
–

1,003
–

695

1,003

Annual incentive payout (% of maximum)
LTIP payout (% of maximum)

100%
100%

100%
0%

68%
100%

963
–

963

94%
33%

1,163
–

1,163

50%
94%

517
–

517

8%
0%

561
–

561

8%
0%

395
127

522

18%
0%

1  Richard Longdon retired from the Board on 31 December 2016 and was succeeded as CEO by James Kidd on 1 January 2017. The CEO single figure of total remuneration 

represents the total remuneration received by Richard for the first nine months of the year and similarly for James for the last three months of the year. 

Change in remuneration of the CEO 
The table below illustrates the percentage change in salary, benefits and annual incentive for the Group CEO and two selected 
sub-sets of employees (including only those employees who were employed at the start of the 2015/16 financial year through 
to the end of the 2016/17 financial year). The UK Group has been chosen because AVEVA is headquartered and employs 
around one-quarter of its employees in the UK. Typical salary inflation in some other AVEVA locations is materially higher than 
the UK, which would distort the comparison.

% change (2015/16 to 2016/17)

Base Salary
Benefits
Annual Bonus

CEO

(2.8)%
0.1%
80.0%

Executive 
team

UK 
employees

1.3%
0.1%
80.0%

2.0%
1.0%
80.0%

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201765

Relative importance of spend on pay
The chart below illustrates the year-on-year change in total remuneration for all employees in the Group compared to adjusted 
profit before tax and distributions to shareholders. The Committee determined adjusted profit before tax was an appropriate 
measure for this chart as it is one of the Group’s key performance indicators and is the primary measure for the annual 
incentive scheme.

Relative importance of spend on pay (GBP)

2016/17

2015/16

Employee
staff costs

Adjusted profit
before tax

Dividends
paid1

 98.2

 107.0 | +9.0%

 51.2

 55.0 | +7.4%

 19.8

 27.5 | +38.7%

1  

 Dividends paid during the year represent the final dividend from the previous year plus the interim dividend from the reported year. AVEVA rebalanced the weighting of its 
interim and final dividend in 2016/17, increasing the proportion of the interim dividend by 117% over the prior year.

Outside appointments
The Board believes that accepting Non-Executive appointments with other companies enhances the experience of Executive 
Directors and therefore they are entitled to accept appointments outside of the Company provided that Board approval is 
sought prior to accepting the appointment. Whether or not the Director concerned is permitted to retain their fees is 
considered on a case-by-case basis. Neither James nor David currently hold any outside appointments.

Total pension entitlements 
Richard Longdon is a deferred member of the CADCentre Pension Scheme, a defined benefit pension scheme for which 
AVEVA Solutions Ltd is the principal employer, and has accrued the maximum benefit he is entitled to. 

The plan is a contributory, funded, occupational scheme registered with HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC) and, since  
1 October 2004, Career Average Revalued Earning benefits apply. He is entitled to a pension on normal retirement, or on 
retirement due to ill health, equivalent to two-thirds of his pensionable salary provided he has completed (or would have 
completed in the case of ill health) 25 years’ service. A lower pension is payable on earlier retirement after the age of 55 by 
agreement with the Company and subject to HMRC guidelines. Pensions are payable to dependants on his death in retirement 
and a lump sum is payable if death occurs in service. 

Richard’s accrued entitlements under the pension scheme are as follows:

Accumulated accrued 
pension at 
31 December 2016 
£

Accumulated accrued 
pension at 
31 March 2016 
£

Richard Longdon

165,810

166,354

Increase in 
accrued pension 
during year 
£

(544)

Increase in accrued 
pension during the year, 
after removing the 
effects of inflation 
£

Transfer value of 
increase, after removing 
the effects of inflation, less 
Director’s contributions 
£

–

–

The pension entitlement shown is that which would be paid annually, based on service to the end of the year.

The transfer values have been calculated in accordance with the transfer value basis adopted by the Trustee Board.

Richard Longdon

31 December 
2016 
£

31 March
 2016 
£

Movement, 
less Director’s 
contributions 
£

5,037,614

4,543,317

494,297

James Kidd and David Ward are both members of the AVEVA Group Personal Pension Plan. Both are subject to a cap on 
pension contributions of £10,000 per annum. David was able to utilise unused carryover from previous years, whereas James 
has no carryover available and thus elected to receive a cash alternative, as allowed under the policy. During 2016/17 in their 
capacity as Directors, David received employer contributions of £16,794 (2015/16 – £nil) and James received cash in lieu of 
contributions of £30,300 (2015/16 – £30,000).

GOVERNANCE REPORT66

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

Non-Executive Directors
Implementation of remuneration policy for NEDs in 2017
As noted in the Policy Report, the fees for the Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors are determined taking account of the 
individuals’ responsibilities, time devoted to the role and prevalent market rates. 

Role

Chairman
Basic Non-Executive Director fee
Committee Chairman fee (Audit and Remuneration)
Senior Independent Director

2016/17 fees 
£

2015/16 fees 
£

187,000
49,000
11,200
11,300

170,000
48,000
11,000
11,000

Fees for 2017/18 shall increase by the same rate as the salary increase for UK employees, which was 2.5% (2016/17 – 2.0%). 

Single total figure of remuneration for Non-Executive Directors (audited)
The table below shows a single figure of remuneration for each of our Non-Executive Directors. 

Philip Aiken (Chairman)
Jennifer Allerton
Jonathan Brooks (resigned 8 November 2016)
Philip Dayer
Christopher Humphrey (appointed 8 July 2016)
Ron Mobed (appointed 1 March 2017)

2016/17 fees 
£

2015/16 fees 
£

187,000
49,000
36,506
71,500
43,834
4,083

170,000
48,000
59,000
70,000
–
–

NEDs’ interests in shares (audited)
The table below shows the interests in AVEVA ordinary shares of Non-Executive Directors and their connected persons.

Philip Aiken (Chairman)
Jennifer Allerton
Philip Dayer
Christopher Humphrey
Ron Mobed

Shares owned 
outright at 
31 March 2017

Shares owned 
outright at 
31 March 2016

1,537
6,000
7,696
3,000
–

1,537
3,000
7,696
–
–

There have been no changes to Directors’ holdings between the year end date and the publication of this report.

This Remuneration Committee report has been approved by the Board of Directors and is signed on its behalf by:

Philip Dayer
Remuneration Committee Chairman
23 May 2017

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201767

OTHER STATUTORY INFORMATION

Financial instruments
The Group’s financial risk 
management objectives and policies 
are discussed in note 23 to the 
consolidated financial statements.

Directors and their interests
The current Directors are shown, 
together with brief biographical 
details, on pages 42 and 43. 
Resolutions will be submitted to 
the Annual General Meeting for the 
re-election of all current Directors. 

The interests (all of which are 
beneficial) in the shares of the 
Company of Directors who held 
office at 31 March 2017 in respect 
of transactions notifiable under 
Disclosure and Transparency Rule 
3.1.2 that have been disclosed to 
the Company are as follows:

At 31 March 
2017 ordinary 
shares

At 31 March 
2016 ordinary 
shares

Philip Aiken 
Philip Dayer
Jennifer Allerton
Chris Humphrey
Ron Mobed
James Kidd
David Ward

1,537
7,696
6,000
3,000
–
17,468
555

1,537
7,696
3,000
–
–
15,563
–

No changes took place in the 
interests of Directors in the shares 
of the Company between 
31 March 2017 and 23 May 2017.

Directors’ share options are disclosed 
in the Remuneration Committee 
report on pages 47 to 66.

No Director had a material 
interest in any significant contract, 
other than a service contract or 
contract for services, with the 
Company or any of its subsidiaries 
at any time during the year.

Results and dividends
The Group made a profit for the 
year after taxation of £38.1 million 
(2016 – £20.5 million). Revenue was 
£215.8 million (2016 – £201.5 million) 
and comprised software licences, 
software maintenance and services.

The Directors recommend the 
payment of a final dividend of 27.0 
pence per ordinary share (2016 – 30.0 
pence), bringing the total dividend for 
the year to 40.0 pence (2016 – 36.0 
pence). If approved at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting, the final 
dividend will be paid on 4 August 
2017 to shareholders on the register 
at close of business on 7 July 2017.

Business review and future 
developments
A review of the Group’s operations 
during the year and its plans for the 
future are given in the Chairman’s 
statement, the Chief Executive’s 
strategic review and the Finance review.

The Key Performance Indicators 
used by AVEVA to measure its own 
performance at the Group level include 
total revenue, recurring revenue, 
adjusted profit before tax, adjusted 
earnings per share and headcount. 
The figures for the year ended  
31 March 2017 are set out on page 21, 
together with figures for the previous 
year, and a discussion of the principal 
risks and uncertainties facing the 
Group is included on pages 30 to 31.

Research & Development
The Group has an active programme 
of Research & Development which 
covers the updating of, and extension 
to, the Group’s range of products.

Intellectual property
The Group owns intellectual property 
both in its software tools and the 
products derived from them. The 
Directors consider such properties 
to be of significant value to the 
business and have a comprehensive 
programme to protect it.

Conflict of interest
Throughout the year the Company 
has operated effective procedures to 
deal with potential or actual conflicts 
of interest. During the year no 
conflict arose requiring the Board to 
exercise its authority or discretion.

Share capital
Details of the issued share capital can 
be found in note 27 to the consolidated 
financial statements. The rights 
attaching to the Company’s shares are 
set out in its Articles of Association.

Subject to any restrictions referred to in 
the next section, members may attend 
any general meeting of the Company.

There are no restrictions on the transfer 
of ordinary shares in the Company 
other than: certain restrictions which 
may from time to time be imposed 
by laws and regulations (for example, 
insider trading laws); and pursuant 
to the Listing Rules of the Financial 
Conduct Authority whereby Directors 
and certain employees of the Company 
require the approval of the Company 
to deal in the ordinary shares and 
pursuant to the Articles of Association 
where there is default in supplying the 
Company with information concerning 
interests in the Company’s shares. 
There are no special control rights in 
relation to the Company’s shares.

Voting rights
Subject to any restrictions below, on 
a show of hands every member who 
is present in person or by proxy at 
a general meeting has one vote on 
each resolution and, on a poll, every 
member who is present in person or by 
proxy has one vote on each resolution 
for every share of which he/she is the 
registered member. A proxy will have 
one vote for and one vote against 
a resolution on a show of hands in 
certain circumstances specified in the 
Articles of Association. The Notice 
of Annual General Meeting specifies 
deadlines for exercising rights.

GOVERNANCE REPORT68

OTHER STATUTORY INFORMATION CONTINUED

A resolution put to the vote of a 
general meeting is decided on a show 
of hands, unless before or on the 
declaration of the result of the show 
of hands, a poll is demanded by the 
Chairman of the meeting. The Articles 
of the Company also allow members, 
in certain circumstances, to demand 
that a resolution is decided by a poll.

A member may vote personally or by 
proxy at a general meeting. Any form 
of proxy must be delivered to the 
Company not less than 48 hours before 
the time appointed for holding the 
meeting or adjourned meeting at which 
the person named in the appointment 
proposes to vote (for this purpose, the 
Directors may specify that no account 
shall be taken of any part of a day that 
is not a working day). A corporation 
which is a member of the Company 
may authorise such persons as it thinks 
fit to act as its representatives at any 
general meeting of the Company.

No member shall be entitled to attend 
or vote, either personally or by proxy, 
at a general meeting in respect of 
any share if any call or other sum 
presently payable to the Company in 
respect of such share remains unpaid 
or in certain other circumstances 
specified in the Articles of Association 
where there is default in supplying the 
Company with information concerning 
interests in the Company’s shares.

Dividends, distributions  
and liquidation
Members can declare final dividends 
by passing an ordinary resolution but 
the amount of the dividends cannot 
exceed the amount recommended by 
the Board. The Board can pay interim 
dividends provided the distributable 
profits of the Company justify such 
payment. The Board may, if authorised 
by an ordinary resolution of the 
members, offer any member the right 
to elect to receive new shares, which 
will be credited as fully paid, instead 
of their cash dividend. Any dividend 
which has not been claimed for 12 
years after it became due for payment 
will be forfeited and will then revert 
to the Company. Members may share 
in surplus assets on a liquidation.

If the Company is wound up, the 
liquidator can, with the sanction of 
the members by special resolution 
and any other sanction required by 
law, divide among the members all or 
any part of the assets of the Company 
and he/she can value any assets and 
determine how the divisions shall be 
carried out as between the members 
or different classes of members. The 
liquidator can also transfer the whole 
or any part of the assets to trustees 
upon any trusts for the benefit of 
the members. No members can 
be compelled to accept any asset 
which would give them any liability.

There are no agreements between 
holders of securities that are known 
to the Company which may result 
in restrictions on the transfer of 
securities or on voting rights, save 
as described below in relation to 
the Employee Benefit Trust.

Change of control
All of the Company’s share-based 
plans contain provisions relating 
to change of control. Outstanding 
awards and options normally 
vest and become exercisable on 
a change of control, subject to 
the satisfaction of any relevant 
performance conditions at that time.

There are no other significant 
agreements to which the Company 
is a party that take effect, alter or 
terminate upon a change of control of 
the Company following a takeover bid.

There are no agreements between 
the Company and its Directors or 
employees providing for compensation 
for loss of office or employment that 
occurs because of a takeover bid. 

Articles of Association
Any amendments to the Articles 
of Association of the Company 
may be made in accordance with 
the provisions of the Companies 
Act by way of special resolution.

Powers of the Directors
The business of the Company is 
managed by the Directors, who may 
exercise all powers of the Company, 
subject to the Company’s Articles 
of Association, relevant statutory 
law and to any direction that may 
be given by the Company in general 
meeting by special resolution. Subject 
to the Companies Act, shares may 
be issued by Board resolution. At 
the Company’s last Annual General 
Meeting, powers were granted to the 
Directors (subject to limits set out in 
the resolutions) to issue and to buy 
back its own shares; similar powers 
are proposed to be granted at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 
The buy-back authority was limited 
to 10% of the Company’s issued 
share capital. No shares have been 
bought back under this authority.

Appointment of Directors
The Articles of Association limit the 
number of Directors to not less than 
two and not more than ten save 
where members decide otherwise. 
Members may appoint Directors by 
ordinary resolution and may remove 
any Director (subject to the giving 
of special notice) and, if desired, 
replace such removed Director by 
ordinary resolution. New Directors 
may be appointed by the Board but 
are subject to election by members 
at the first Annual General Meeting 
after their appointment. A Director 
may be removed from office if 
requested by all other Directors.

The Company’s Articles of Association 
require that at each AGM there shall 
retire from office (and be subject 
to re-election by members) any 
Director who shall have been a 
Director at the preceding two Annual 
General Meetings and who was not 
appointed or re-appointed then or 
subsequently. However, in accordance 
with the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, the Company requires all 
Directors who held office at 31 March 
2017 to stand for re-election.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201769

formal and informal meetings, 
employee newsletters, the Group 
intranet and presentations from senior 
management. There is an employee 
representative committee which meets 
on a regular basis to discuss a wide 
range of matters affecting their current 
and future interests. All employees 
are entitled to receive an annual 
discretionary award related to the 
overall profitability of the Group subject 
to the performance of the individual 
and the Group. The Group conducts 
employee-wide surveys from time to 
time to gauge the success or otherwise 
of its policies and uses this information 
to improve matters as appropriate.

Directors’ indemnity 
The Company has granted an 
indemnity to its Directors against 
liability in respect of proceedings 
brought by third parties, subject 
to the conditions set out in the 
Companies Act. Such qualifying 
third party indemnity provision 
remains in force as at the date of 
approving the Directors’ report.

Greenhouse gas emissions reporting
The Company is required to state 
the annual quantity of emissions in 
tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent 
from activities for which the 
Group is responsible, including the 
combustion of fuel, the operation 
of any facility, and resulting from 
the purchase of electricity, heat, 
steam or cooling. Details of our 
emissions are set out within the 
Corporate Responsibility section of 
the Strategic Report and form part of 
the Directors’ report disclosures.

Auditor
A resolution to re-appoint Ernst & 
Young LLP as auditor for the ensuing 
year will be put to the members 
at the Annual General Meeting.

Substantial shareholdings
Interests in the ordinary share 
capital of the Company are 
set out in the table below.

The Company had been notified, 
in accordance with Disclosure 
and Transparency Rule 5, of the 
following interests in the ordinary 
share capital of the Company:

As at 31 March 2017

As at 23 May 2017

Percentage 
held %

Number

Percentage 
held %

Name of holder

Aberdeen Asset Management

MFS Investment Management

BlackRock

Number

7,264,211

3,561,780

3,067,227

11.4 7,141,965

5.6 3,565,971

4.8 3,206,760

Columbia Threadneedle Investments

3,057,753

4.8 3,057,130

Fidelity International

Kames Capital

1818 Partners

Baillie Gifford

2,925,728

2,740,326

2,572,943

2,396,302

4.6 3,087,787

4.3 2,665,326

4.0 2,572,943

3.8 2,349,754

11.2

5.6

5.0

4.8

4.8

4.2

4.0

3.7

Listing Rules disclosures
For the purpose of LR9.8.4C R, the 
only applicable information required 
to be disclosed in accordance with 
LR9.8.4 R can be found in the section 
below titled Employee Benefit Trust. 
The information concerned is in 
respect of shareholder waiver of 
dividends and future dividends.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will 
be held on 7 July 2017 at 1 Great 
George St, Westminster, London 
SW1P 3AA. The Notice of the Annual 
General Meeting is being sent to 
shareholders along with this Annual 
Report, which contains details 
of the resolutions proposed.

of ordinary shares in AVEVA Group 
plc held by the Trust except where 
beneficial ownership of any such 
ordinary shares was passed to a 
beneficiary of the Trust. In the same 
way as other employees, the Executive 
Directors of the Company are potential 
beneficiaries under the Trust.

Disabled employees
The Group gives full consideration 
to applications for employment 
from disabled persons where the 
candidate’s particular aptitudes and 
abilities are consistent with adequately 
meeting the requirements of the 
job. Opportunities are available to 
disabled employees for training, 
career development and promotion.

Employee Benefit Trust
The AVEVA Group Employee Benefit 
Trust 2008 was established in 2008 
to facilitate satisfying the transfer of 
shares to employees within the Group 
on exercise of vested options under 
the various share option and deferred 
bonus share plans of the Company. The 
Trust holds a total of 10,857 ordinary 
shares in AVEVA Group plc representing 
0.02% (2016 – 22,077 shares 
representing 0.03%) of the issued 
share capital at the date of this report. 
Under the terms of the Trust deed 
governing the Trust, the trustees are 
required (unless the Company directs 
otherwise) to waive all dividends 
and abstain from voting in respect 

Where existing employees become 
disabled, it is the Group’s policy to 
provide continuing employment 
wherever practicable in the same 
or an alternative position and to 
provide appropriate training to 
achieve this aim as well as reasonable 
adjustments to the workplace and 
other support mechanisms.

Employee involvement
The Group places considerable value 
on the involvement of its employees 
and has continued to keep them 
informed of matters affecting them 
as employees and on the various 
factors affecting the performance of 
the Group. This is achieved through 

GOVERNANCE REPORT70

OTHER STATUTORY INFORMATION CONTINUED

Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities in relation to the 
financial statements
The Directors are responsible for 
preparing the Annual Report and the 
financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations.

The Directors are required to prepare 
consolidated financial statements 
for each financial year in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by 
the European Union. The Directors 
have elected to prepare the parent 
company financial statements in 
accordance with United Kingdom 
General Accepted Accounting Practice 
(United Kingdom Accounting Standards 
and applicable law including FRS 101 
“Reduced Disclosure Framework”). 
Under company law the Directors 
must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view of 
the state of affairs of the Company 
and of the undertakings included in 
the consolidation as a whole as at the 
end of the financial year and the profit 
or loss of the undertakings included in 
the consolidation as a whole, so far as 
concerns members of the Company, 
for the financial year. In preparing those 
Consolidated financial statements, 
the Directors are required to:

•  select and apply accounting policies 

in accordance with IAS 8;

•  present information, including 

accounting policies, in a manner that 
provides relevant, reliable, 
comparable and understandable 
information; and

•  provide additional disclosures when 

compliance with the specific 
requirements in IFRSs is insufficient 
to enable users to understand the 
impact of particular transactions, 
other events and conditions on the 
entity’s financial position and 
financial performance.

In preparing the parent company 
financial statements, the Directors  
are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies 
and then apply them consistently;
•  make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable  
and prudent;

•  state whether applicable UK 

accounting standards have been 
followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained 
in the financial statements; and
•  prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records 
which are sufficient to disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Company 
and enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements comply with the 
Companies Act 2006 and, as regards 
the Group financial statements, 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They 
are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the Company and 
hence for taking reasonable steps 
for the prevention and detection 
of fraud and other irregularities.

Disclosure of information to auditor
The Directors who were members of 
the Board at the time of approving the 
Directors’ report are listed on pages  
42 and 43. Each of these Directors 
confirms that:

•  so far as he is aware, there is no 
relevant audit information (as 
defined by Section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006) of which the 
Company’s auditor is unaware; and
•  he has taken all the steps he ought 
to have taken as a Director in order 
to make himself aware of any such 
relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Company’s auditor 
is aware of that information.

Fair and balanced reporting
Having taken advice from the Audit 
Committee, the Board considers 
the Annual Report and Accounts, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced 
and understandable and that it 

provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

Responsibility statement pursuant to 
the FCA’s Disclosure and Transparency 
Rule 4 (DTR 4)
Each Director of the Company 
(whose names and functions appear 
on pages 42 and 43) confirms that 
(solely for the purpose of DTR 4) 
to the best of their knowledge:

•  the financial statements in this 

document, prepared in accordance 
with the applicable UK law and 
applicable accounting standards, 
give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position 
and profit of the Company and the 
undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole; and

•  the Strategic Report and the 

Directors’ report include a fair review 
of the development and 
performance of the business and the 
position of the Company and the 
undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that 
they face.

On behalf of the Board

James Kidd
Chief Executive
23 May 2017

David Ward
Chief Financial Officer
23 May 2017

This Directors’ Report has been 
approved by the Board of Directors 
and is signed on its behalf by:

Claire Denton
Company Secretary
23 May 2017

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

71

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

CONTENTS

81 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Financial Statements
72 
77  Consolidated Income Statement
 Consolidated Statement of 
78 
Comprehensive Income
79  Consolidated Balance Sheet
 Consolidated Statement of 
80 
Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
 Consolidated Cash Flow 
Statement
 Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements
107  Company Balance Sheet
108 

 Company Statement of Changes 
in Shareholders’ Equity
 Notes to the Company Financial 
Statements
112  Five Year Record
113 

109 

82 

 Statement of Group  
Accounting Policies
 Company Information and 
Advisers

123 

72

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT  
TO THE MEMBERS OF AVEVA GROUP PLC

Our opinion on the financial statements
In our opinion:
 – AVEVA Group plc’s financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent  

Company’s affairs as at 31 March 2017 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

 – the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the  

European Union; and 

 – the parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom  

Generally Accepted Accounting Practice including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”; and

 – the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and,  

as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

What we have audited
AVEVA Group plc’s financial statements comprise:

Group

Parent Company

Consolidated balance sheet as at 31 March 2017
Consolidated income statement for the year then ended
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended
Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended
Consolidated cash flow statement for the year then ended
Related notes 1 to 28 to the financial statements
Statement of Group accounting policies

Balance sheet as at 31 March 2017
Statement of changes in equity for the year then ended
Cash flow statement for the year then ended 
Related notes 1 to 9 to the financial statements

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable 
law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting 
framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company financial statements is applicable law and United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice), including FRS 101 “Reduced 
Disclosure Framework”.

Overview of our audit approach

Risks of material misstatement

Risk of inappropriate revenue recognition on software licence contracts, in particular:
–   for the rental revenue stream, inappropriate application of the Group revenue recognition 
policy and IAS 18 (Revenue) for licence revenue recognition, could result in, for example, 
revenue being recorded when performance conditions have not been satisfied, incorrect 
deferral of revenue for support and maintenance and other obligations; and

–   for all revenue streams, inappropriate revenue recognition in relation to cut off, as revenue 

may not have been recognised in the correct accounting period.

Audit scope

–   We performed an audit of the complete financial information of six components and audit 

procedures on specific balances for a further six components. 

–   The components where we performed full or specific audit procedures accounted for 65%  

of adjusted pre-tax profit and 87% of revenue.

Materiality

–   Overall Group materiality of £2.5m which represents approximately 5% of adjusted  

pre-tax profit.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017 
73

Our assessment of risk of material misstatement
We identified the risks of material misstatement described below as those that had the greatest effect on our overall audit 
strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit and the direction of the efforts of the audit team. In addressing these risks,  
we have performed the procedures below which were designed in the context of the financial statements as a whole and, 
consequently, we do not express any opinion on these individual areas.

Risk 
Risk of inappropriate revenue recognition on software licence contracts, in particular:
–   For the rental revenue stream, inappropriate application of the Group revenue recognition policy and IAS 18 (Revenue) for licence revenue 
recognition, could result in, for example, revenue being recorded when performance conditions have not been satisfied, incorrect deferral 
of revenue for support and maintenance and other obligations – £94.2m (2016 – £90.6m).

–   For all revenue streams, inappropriate revenue recognition in relation to cut off, as revenue may not have been recognised in the correct 

accounting period – £215.8m (2016 – £201.5m).

Refer to the Audit Committee Report (pages 44 to 46); Accounting policies (pages 113 to 120); and note 3 of the Consolidated Financial 
Statements (page 84) 

Our response to the risk 
We have reviewed and walked through the central process over the approval and recognition of revenue contracts across the Group.

We have walked through and assessed the design effectiveness of key management controls over data input and IT.

A summary of our key procedures are:

We have performed rental licence revenue sample transaction testing at a local and Group level to ensure that revenue has been recorded 
in accordance with the Group’s revenue recognition policy and IAS 18 and has been appropriately recorded in the current year income 
statement or deferred on the balance sheet as appropriate. This was achieved by testing a sample of contracts by:
–  agreeing licence revenues to signed contracts or software licence agreements;
–  agreeing the revenue to subsequent payment as evidence of collectability;
–  checking evidence to support that software has been delivered to customers and prior to revenue recognition;
–   reviewing contract terms for any conditions that would impact the timing of revenue recognition and in turn the completeness of 

deferred revenue; 

–  ensuring appropriate allocation of the fair value and recognition of revenue for other deliverables included within the contract; and
–  assessing whether revenue has been recognised in line with the Group’s revenue recognition policy and IAS 18. 

We selected a sample of revenue journals and assessed the appropriateness of the journal by checking to supporting evidence and ensuring 
compliance with the Group’s revenue recognition policy and IAS 18. The sample selected was based on risk based criteria including but not 
limited to manual journal entries, those close to period end and postings that are inconsistent with roles and responsibilities. 

We have performed an independent assessment as to whether the fair value rate of the support and maintenance is still applicable and that 
any non-standard contracts have an appropriate fair value rate applied. 

To better understand the nature of the contractual relationships with customers, any contractual issues or any ongoing contractual 
obligations, we made enquiries of management outside the finance function, including the sales team and legal counsel to ensure that 
appropriate obligations and commitments had been recorded in the financial statements.

We have performed a test of detail on a sample of deferred revenue and accrued revenue items to ensure it is in accordance with the 
revenue recognition principles. 

We have performed analytical review by revenue stream and geography to access unexpected trends and patterns that could be indicative 
of incorrect revenue recognition. 

We have performed cut-off testing for a sample of revenue items booked either side of year end to ensure that licence revenue was only 
recognised for software in the period where the contract was signed by both AVEVA and the customer prior to year end and the software 
has been made available prior to the year end.

As a primary team we gained oversight of the testing performed by the overseas teams through:
–   Our review of their reporting deliverables where they are required to report on any exceptions identified from their testing and unusual 

contractual terms and conditions; 

–   Reviewing contracts meeting the Board review threshold; and 
–   Reviewing any contracts identified as having unusual terms or conditions by management and/or overseas audit teams to confirm 

appropriate recognition of revenue in accordance with the contract accounting policy. 

We performed full and specific scope audit procedures over this risk area in 12 locations, which covered 87% of the risk amount. At the 
Group level we also performed the same revenue procedures for the rest of the locations at Group materiality, which covered the remaining 
13% of the risk amount.

In addition, the Group audit team performed these same procedures (to Group materiality) for the remaining components to ensure 100% 
coverage of revenue. 

Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee
We conclude that revenue recognised in the year, and deferred as at 31 March 2017, is materially correct on the basis of our procedures 
performed both at Group and by component audit teams. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS74

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED

The scope of our audit 
Tailoring the scope
Our assessment of audit risk, our 
evaluation of materiality and our 
allocation of performance materiality 
determine our audit scope for each 
entity within the Group. Taken 
together, this enables us to form an 
opinion on the consolidated financial 
statements. We take into account size, 
risk profile, the organisation of the 
Group and effectiveness of Group-wide 
controls and changes in the business 
environment when assessing the level 
of work to be performed at each entity.

In assessing the risk of material 
misstatement to the Group financial 
statements, and to ensure we had 
adequate quantitative coverage of 
significant accounts in the financial 
statements, of the 30 reporting 
components of the Group, we selected 
12 components covering entities 
within the UK, France, Germany, 
Korea, USA, Brazil, India, China and 
Sweden, which represent the principal 
business units within the Group.

Of the 12 components selected, we 
performed an audit of the complete 
financial information of six components 
(“full scope components”) which 
were selected based on their size or 
risk characteristics. For the remaining 
six components (“specific scope 
components”), we performed audit 
procedures on specific accounts 
within that component that we 
considered had the potential for the 
greatest impact on the significant 
accounts in the financial statements 
either because of the size of these 
accounts or their risk profile. 

The reporting components where 
we performed audit procedures 
accounted for 65% (2016 – 105%) of 
the Group’s adjusted pre-tax profit 
and 87% (2016 – 81%) of the Group’s 
Revenue. For the current year, the full 
scope components contributed 66% 
(2016 – 57%) of the Group’s adjusted 
pre-tax profit and 75% (2016 – 52%) of 
the Group’s revenue. The specific scope 
component contributed (1% – loss) 
(2016 – 48%) of the Group’s adjusted 
pre-tax profit and 12% (2016 – 29%) of 
the Group’s Revenue. The reduction in 
coverage for adjusted pre-tax profit is 
due to loss making components within 

the specific scope category. The audit 
scope of these components may not 
have included testing of all significant 
accounts of the component but will 
have contributed to the coverage of 
significant testing for the Group. At the 
Group level we performed the revenue 
audit procedures described above in 
the risk section at Group materiality 
on the rest of the components of 
the Group which accounted for the 
remaining 13% of the Group’s revenue. 
The Group audit risk in relation to 
revenue recognition was subject 
to audit procedures over the entire 
Group locations with revenue. 

Of the remaining 18 components 
that together represent 35% of the 
Group’s adjusted pre-tax profit, none 
are individually greater than 5% of the 
Group’s adjusted pre-tax profit. For 
these components, as explained above, 
we performed the revenue procedures 
at Group materiality as described in 
the risk section and as a result covering 
100% of revenue and for the remaining 
accounts we performed analytical 
review, testing of consolidation 
journals, intercompany elimination 
and foreign currency translation 
recalculation to respond to any 
potential risks of material misstatement 
to the Group financial statements.

The chart below illustrates the 
coverage obtained from the work 
performed by our audit teams.

Revenue

Full scope 
components (75%)
Specific scope 
components (12%)
Other procedures (13%)

Changes from the prior year 
USA has been designated a full scope 
component this year, whereas it was 
designated as a specific scope location 
in the prior year. We have changed the 
designation as a the component has 
increased in proportion of the total 
Group. For the current year we have 
scoped out Malaysia and Japan from the 
specific scope category and scoped in 
Sweden as part of our rotational scope 
for the smaller components  
of the Group. 

Involvement with component teams 
In establishing our overall approach 
to the Group audit, we determined 
the type of work that needed to be 
undertaken at each of the components 
by us, as the primary audit engagement 
team, or by component auditors 
from other EY global network firms 
operating under our instruction. Of 
the six full scope components, the 
audit was performed on three of these 
directly by the primary audit team. 
In addition, audit procedures were 
also performed by the primary audit 
team for one of the six specific scope 
components. For the remaining eight 
components, where the work was 
performed by component auditors, 
we determined the appropriate 
level of involvement to enable us to 
determine that sufficient audit evidence 
had been obtained as a basis for our 
opinion on the Group as a whole.

The Group audit team continued to 
follow a programme of planned visits 
that has been designed to ensure that 
the Senior Statutory Auditor visits and 
his representatives visits at least two 
(2016 – two) of the components each 
year. During the current year’s audit 
cycle, visits were undertaken by the 
primary audit team to the component 
teams in China, USA and France (2016 
– Germany and India). These visits 
involved, where appropriate, discussing 
the audit approach with the component 
team and any issues arising from their 
work, meeting with local and regional 
management, attending the planning 
meeting in USA and the closing 
meetings in China and France; and 
reviewing key audit working papers on 
risk areas. The primary team interacted 
regularly with the component teams 
where appropriate during various 
stages of the audit, reviewed key 
working papers and were responsible 
for the scope and direction of the audit 
process. This, together with the 
additional procedures performed at 
Group level, gave us appropriate 
evidence for our opinion on the Group 
financial statements.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201775

Starting basis

Profit before tax – £46.9m

Adjustments

Exceptional items – £2.4m

Materiality

Adjusted pre-tax profit – £49.3m
Materiality of £2.5m (5% of materiality basis)

Our application of materiality 
We apply the concept of materiality in 
planning and performing the audit, in 
evaluating the effect of identified 
misstatements on the audit and in 
forming our audit opinion. 

Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or 
misstatement that, individually or in 
the aggregate, could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic 
decisions of the users of the financial 
statements. Materiality provides a basis 
for determining the nature and extent 
of our audit procedures.

We determined materiality for the 
Group to be £2.5 million (2016 – £2.2 
million), which is 5% (2016 – 5%) of 
adjusted pre-tax profit because, in our 
view, this is the most relevant measure 
of the underlying financial performance 
of the Group. For 2017 we have used 
pre-tax profit adjusted for restructuring 
costs (£4.2m) and the refund on 
consideration on the 8over8 acquisition 
from shareholders (£1.8m). For 2016 
we used pre-tax profit adjusted for the 
aborted acquisition costs of Schneider 
Electric (£10.2m) and certain 
restructuring costs (£3.8m). 

Performance materiality
The application of materiality at 
the individual account or balance 
level. It is set at an amount to 
reduce to an appropriately low level 
the probability that the aggregate 
of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds materiality.

On the basis of our risk assessments, 
together with our assessment of the 
Group’s overall control environment, 
our judgement was that performance 
materiality was 75% (2016 – 75%) of 
our planning materiality, namely £1.9m 
(2016 – £1.7m). We have set 
performance materiality at this 
percentage to ensure that the total 
uncorrected and undetected audit 
differences in all accounts did not 
exceed our materiality.

Audit work at component locations 
for the purpose of obtaining 

audit coverage over significant 
financial statement accounts is 
undertaken based on a percentage 
of total performance materiality. The 
performance materiality set for each 
component is based on the relative 
scale and risk of the component to the 
Group as a whole and our assessment 
of the risk of misstatement at that 
component. In the current year, the 
range of performance materiality 
allocated to components was £0.4m 
to £1.0m (2016 – £0.5m to £0.9m). 

Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified 
misstatements are considered as being 
clearly trivial.

We agreed with the Audit Committee 
that we would report to them all 
uncorrected audit differences in excess 
of £0.12m (2016 – £0.11m), which 
is set at 5% of planning materiality, 
as well as differences below that 
threshold that, in our view, warranted 
reporting on qualitative grounds.

We evaluate any uncorrected 
misstatements against both the 
quantitative measures of materiality 
discussed above and in light of other 
relevant qualitative considerations in 
forming our opinion.

Scope of the audit of the financial 
statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence 
about the amounts and disclosures 
in the financial statements sufficient 
to give reasonable assurance that the 
financial statements are free from 
material misstatement, whether 
caused by fraud or error. This includes 
an assessment of: whether the 
accounting policies are appropriate to 
the Group’s and the Parent Company’s 
circumstances and have been 
consistently applied and adequately 
disclosed; the reasonableness of 
significant accounting estimates 
made by the Directors; and the 
overall presentation of the financial 
statements. In addition, we read 
all the financial and non-financial 
information in the Annual Report to 
identify material inconsistencies with 

the audited financial statements and 
to identify any information that is 
apparently materially incorrect based 
on, or materially inconsistent with, 
the knowledge acquired by us in the 
course of performing the audit. If we 
become aware of any apparent material 
misstatements or inconsistencies we 
consider the implications for our report.

Respective responsibilities of  
directors and auditor
As explained more fully in the Directors’ 
Responsibilities Statement set out on 
page 70, the Directors are responsible 
for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view. Our 
responsibility is to audit and express 
an opinion on the financial statements 
in accordance with applicable law and 
International Standards on Auditing (UK 
and Ireland). Those standards require us 
to comply with the Auditing Practices 
Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

This report is made solely to the 
Company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 
of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit 
work has been undertaken so that we 
might state to the Company’s members 
those matters we are required to state 
to them in an auditor’s report and 
for no other purpose. To the fullest 
extent permitted by law, we do not 
accept or assume responsibility to 
anyone other than the Company and 
the Company’s members as a body, 
for our audit work, for this report, or 
for the opinions we have formed. 

Opinion on other matters prescribed 
by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion:
 – the part of the Directors’ 

Remuneration Report to be audited 
has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 
2006; and

 – based on the work undertaken in the 

course of the audit: 
 – the information given in the 

Strategic Report and the Directors’ 
Report for the financial year for 
which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the 
financial statements.

 – the Strategic Report and the 
Directors’ Report have been 
prepared in accordance with 
applicable legal requirements.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
76

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED

Matters on which we are required to report by exception

ISAs (UK and Ireland) reporting 
We are required to report to you if, in our opinion, financial and non-financial information in the annual report is: 
–   materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or 
–   apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge of the Group acquired in the course  

of performing our audit; or 

–   otherwise misleading. 

In particular, we are required to report whether we have identified any inconsistencies between our knowledge acquired in the course of 
performing the audit and the Directors’ statement that they consider the annual report and accounts taken as a whole is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the entity’s performance, business model and 
strategy; and whether the Annual Report appropriately addresses those matters that we communicated to the Audit Committee that we 
consider should have been disclosed. 

We have no exceptions to report.

Companies Act 2006 reporting 
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have identified 
no material misstatements in the Strategic Report or Directors’ Report.

We are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
–   adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 

from branches not visited by us; or

–   the Parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with 

the accounting records and returns; or

–   certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
–   we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 

We have no exceptions to report.

Listing Rules review requirements 
We are required to review:
–   the Directors’ statement in relation to going concern, set out on page 29, and longer-term viability, set out on page 29; and
–   the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate 

Governance Code specified for our review.

We have no exceptions to report.

Statement on the Directors’ Assessment of the Principal Risks that Would Threaten the Solvency or Liquidity of the Entity

ISAs (UK and Ireland) reporting 
We are required to give a statement as to whether we have anything material to add or to draw attention to in relation to:
–   the Directors’ confirmation in the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the entity, 

including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity;

–   the disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated;
–   the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis 

of accounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material uncertainties to the entity’s ability to continue to do so over a 
period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements; and

–   the Directors’ explanation in the Annual Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the entity, over what period they have 
done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation 
that the entity will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including 
any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions. 

We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to.

Marcus Butler (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor
Reading
23 May 2017

Notes:
1.  The maintenance and integrity of the AVEVA Group plc web site is the responsibility of the Directors; the work carried out by the auditors does not involve consideration of 
these matters and, accordingly, the auditors accept no responsibility for any changes that may have occurred to the financial statements since they were initially presented 
on the web site.

2.  Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Operating expenses
Research & Development costs
Selling and administrative expenses

Total operating expenses

Profit from operations
Other income
Finance revenue
Finance expense

  Analysed as:
  Adjusted profit before tax 
  Amortisation of intangibles (excluding other software)
  Share-based payments
  Gains/(losses) on fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts
  Exceptional items

Profit before tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent

Earnings per share (pence)
– basic 
– diluted

Adjusted earnings per share (pence)
– basic
– diluted

All activities relate to continuing activities.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this Consolidated income statement.

77

Notes

3, 4

5

6
7
8
9

7

11

13
13

13
13

2017 
£000

2016
£000

215,831
(14,233)

201,491
(14,689)

201,598

186,802

(31,884)
(124,948)

(32,128)
(125,252)

(156,832)

(157,380)

44,766
1,753
777
(396)

55,004
(5,806)
(1,084)
669
(1,883)

46,900
(8,834)

29,422
–
633
(626)

51,201
(5,617)
(494)
(432)
(15,229)

29,429
(8,955)

38,066

20,474

59.52
59.36

66.98
66.81

32.03
31.96

62.04
61.91

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS78

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017

Profit for the year
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods:
Exchange gain arising on translation of foreign operations
Income tax effect

Total of items that may be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods:
Remeasurement gain on defined benefit plans
Income tax effect

Total of items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Notes

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

38,066

20,474

11(a)

25
11(a)

6,675
(406)

6,269

2,170
(395)

1,775

3,812
–

3,812

7,837
(1,654)

6,183

46,110

30,469

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this Consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
31 MARCH 2017

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets
Other receivables
Retirement benefit surplus

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Treasury deposits
Cash and cash equivalents
Current tax assets

Total assets

Equity
Issued share capital
Share premium
Other reserves
Retained earnings

Total equity 

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Deferred revenue
Financial liabilities
Current tax liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Retirement benefit obligations

Total equity and liabilities

79

Notes

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

14
15
16
24
18
25

18
19
19

27(a)

20

21

24
25

54,305
21,868
7,432
3,594
1,499
1,222

51,697
24,841
7,101
2,617
1,257
–

89,920

87,513

93,279
45,486
85,462
3,557

97,138
43,316
64,611
3,492

227,784

208,557

317,704

296,070

2,275
27,288
12,896
178,223

2,274
27,288
5,965
165,471

220,682

200,998

42,876
45,894
196
865

37,196
46,874
864
1,789

89,831

86,723

3,381
3,810

7,191

3,187
5,162

8,349

317,704

296,070

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this Consolidated balance sheet.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 23 May 2017. They were signed 
on its behalf by:

Philip Aiken 
Chairman 

James Kidd 
Chief Executive 

Company number
2937296

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
80

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
31 MARCH 2017

At 1 April 2015
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income
Issue of share capital
Share-based payments
Tax arising on share options
Investment in own shares
Cost of employee benefit trust 
shares issued to employees

Equity dividends

At 31 March 2016
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income
Issue of share capital
Share-based payments
Tax arising on share options
Investment in own shares
Cost of employee benefit trust 
shares issued to employees

Transfers
Equity dividends

At 31 March 2017

Notes

Share 
capital 
£000

2,274
–
–

Share 
premium 
£000 

27,288
–
–

Other reserves

Cumulative 
translation 
adjustments 
£000

(1,284)
–
3,812

Merger 
reserve  
£000

3,921
–
–

27
26

27

12

27
26

27

12

–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–

2,274
–
–

27,288
–
–

3,921
–
–

–
1
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

3,812
–
–
–
–

–
–

2,528
–
6,269

6,269
–
–
–
–

–
406
–

Treasury 
shares 
£000

Total other 
reserves 
£000

Retained 
earnings 
£000

158,713
20,474
6,183

26,657
–
494
13
–

Total 
equity 
£000

189,930
20,474
9,995

30,469
–
494
13
(94)

1,655
–
3,812

3,812
–
–
–
(94)

592
–

(592)
(19,814)

–
(19,814)

5,965
–
6,269

6,269
–
–
–
(40)

165,471
38,066
1,775

200,998
38,066
8,044

39,841
–
1,084
29
–

46,110
1
1,084
29
(40)

296
406
–

(296)
(406)
(27,500)

–
–
(27,500)

(982)
–
–

–
–
–
–
(94)

592
–

(484)
–
–

–
–
–
–
(40)

296
–
–

2,275

27,288

3,921

9,203

(228)

12,896

178,223

220,682

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this Consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. Details of 
other reserves are contained in note 27.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2017

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit for the year
Income tax
Net finance revenue
Other income (indemnified receivable)
Amortisation of intangible assets
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
(Profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Share-based payments
Difference between pension contributions paid and amounts charged to operating profit
Research & Development expenditure tax credit
Changes in working capital:
Trade and other receivables
Trade and other payables
Changes to fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts

Cash generated from operating activities before tax 
Income taxes paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets
Acquisition of subsidiaries and business undertakings, net of cash acquired
Refund of consideration from business combinations
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
Interest received
(Purchase)/maturity of treasury deposits (net)

Net cash flows (used in)/from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Interest paid
Purchase of own shares
Proceeds from the issue of shares
Dividends paid to equity holders of the parent

Net cash flows used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Net foreign exchange difference
Opening cash and cash equivalents

Closing cash and cash equivalents 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this Consolidated cash flow statement.

81

Notes

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

11(a)
8, 9
7
15
16
6
26

16
15

8
19

38,066
8,834
(381)
(1,753)
6,160
2,487
(27)
1,084
(1,139)
(1,750)

2,567
3,711
(669)

20,474
8,955
(7)
–
5,954
2,167
2
494
(1,849)
(2,076)

514
1,076
432

57,190
(9,332)

36,136
(11,798)

47,858

24,338

(2,419)
(2,252)
–
1,753
194
777
(2,170)

(2,056)
(393)
(2,540)
4,349
429
633
1,932

(4,117)

2,354

9
27(b)
27(a)
12

(58)
(40)
1
(27,500)

(48)
(94)
–
(19,814)

(27,597)

(19,956)

16,144
4,707
64,611

6,736
(644)
58,519

85,462

64,611

19

19

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS82

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1 Corporate information
AVEVA Group plc is a public limited Company incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom. The address of the 
registered office is given on page 123. AVEVA Group plc’s shares are publicly traded on the Official List of the London  
Stock Exchange. 

2 Key accounting policies
Explained below are the key accounting policies of the Group. The full Statement of Group Accounting Policies is included  
on pages 113 to 120.

a) Basis of preparation
The accounting policies which follow set out those policies which apply in preparing the financial statements for the year 
ended 31 March 2017. The Consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling (£) and all values are rounded  
to the nearest thousand (£000) except when otherwise indicated.

The Consolidated financial statements of AVEVA Group plc and all its subsidiaries (the Group) have been prepared in 
accordance with IFRS, as adopted by the European Union, as they apply to the financial statements of the Group for the year 
ended 31 March 2017. The Group’s financial statements are also consistent with IFRSs as issued by the IASB. 

The Group presents a non-GAAP performance measure on the face of the Consolidated income statement. The Directors 
believe that the ‘adjusted profit before tax’ and ‘adjusted diluted and basic earnings per share’ measures presented provide  
a reliable and consistent presentation of the underlying performance of the Group. Adjusted profit is not defined by IFRS and 
therefore may not be directly comparable with the ‘adjusted’ profit measures of other companies.

The business is managed and measured on a day-to-day basis using adjusted results. To arrive at adjusted results, certain 
adjustments are made for normalised and exceptional items that are individually important and which could, if included, 
distort the understanding of the performance for the year and the comparability between periods.

Normalised items
These are recurring items which management considers to have a distorting effect on the underlying results of the Group,  
and are non-cash items.

These items relate to amortisation of intangibles (excluding other software), share-based payment charges and fair value 
adjustments on financial derivatives, although other types of recurring items may arise. Recurring items are adjusted each  
year irrespective of materiality to ensure consistent treatment.

Exceptional items
These are items which are non-recurring and are identified by virtue of either their size or their nature. These items can 
include, but are not restricted to, the costs of significant restructuring exercises, fees associated with business combinations 
and costs incurred in integrating acquired companies. 

In the prior year, deferred revenue was presented as part of the line item ‘trade and other payables’; in the current year 
deferred revenue is presented as a separate line item on the balance sheet. The prior year line item ‘trade and other payables’ 
therefore decreased by the amount of deferred revenue of £46,874,000. 

The parent Company financial statements of AVEVA Group plc are included on pages 107 to 111.

b) Revenue
The Group generates its revenue principally from licensing the rights to use its software products directly to end users and  
to a lesser extent indirectly through resellers. Revenue is measured at fair value of the consideration received or receivable and 
represents the amounts receivable for goods and services provided in the ordinary course of business, net of discounts and 
sales taxes. It comprises initial licence fees, annual licence fees and rental licence fees, together with income from consultancy 
and other related services.

For each revenue stream, revenue is not recognised unless and until:

 – a clear contractual arrangement can be evidenced;
 – delivery has been made in accordance with that contract;
 – if required, contractual acceptance criteria have been met; and
 – the fee has been agreed and collectability is probable. Where extended payment terms beyond 90 days exist, appropriate 
approvals are obtained to ensure there is sufficient comfort that collectability is probable and the fee is determinable.  
If approvals are not obtained, revenue is deferred until payment is due.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201783

Initial/annual licence agreements
Users are charged an initial licence fee upon installation for a set number of users together with an obligatory annual fee, 
which is charged every year. Annual fees consist of the continuing right to use and customer support and maintenance, which 
includes core product upgrades and enhancements, and remote support services. Users must continue to pay annual fees in 
order to maintain the right to use the software.

Initial licence fees are recognised once the above conditions have been met. Annual fees are recognised on a straight-line 
basis over the period of the contract, which is typically 12 months. If annual fees are charged at a discount, an amount is 
allocated out of the initial licence fee at fair market value based on the value established when annual fees are charged 
separately to customers.

Rental licence agreements
As an alternative to the initial licence fee plus annual fee model, the Group also supplies its software under three different 
types of rental licence agreement.

Rental licence fees which are invoiced monthly and which are cancellable by the customer are recognised on a monthly basis.
Other rental licence agreements are invoiced at the start of the contracted period, which is typically one year, are non-
cancellable and consist of two separate components: the initial software delivery, and the continuing right to use with 
customer support and maintenance. Revenue in respect of the continuing right to use and customer support and 
maintenance element is valued at fair market value based on the value established when annual fees are charged separately  
to the customer. This component is recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of the contract. The residual amount 
representing the implied initial fee element is recognised upfront, provided all of the above criteria have been met. Where 
uncertainty exists and it is not possible to reliably determine the fair value of the customer support and maintenance element, 
all revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of the contract.

The Group also licenses its software using a token licensing model. Under this model, a ‘basket’ of tokens representing 
licences to use different software products over a defined period is granted, which enables the customer to draw these down 
as and when required. Where the customer commits in advance to a specified number of tokens over a defined period,  
a proportion of revenue is recognised with an appropriate element deferred for customer support and maintenance 
obligations, subject to the above recognition conditions being met. Where the customer is charged in arrears, revenue is 
recognised based on the actual number of tokens used.

Services
Services consist primarily of consultancy, implementation services and training, and are performed under separate service 
arrangements. Revenue from these services is recognised as the services are performed and stage of completion is 
determined by reference to the costs incurred as a proportion of the total estimated costs of the service project. If a contract 
cannot be reliably estimated, revenue is recognised only to the extent that costs have been incurred. Provision is made as 
soon as a loss is foreseen.

If an arrangement includes both licence and service elements, licence fee revenue is recognised upon delivery of the software 
provided that services do not include significant customisation or modification of the base product and the payment terms  
for licences are not subject to acceptance criteria. In all other cases, revenues from both licence and service elements are 
recognised as services are performed.

c) Significant accounting estimates
Revenue recognition
The assessments and estimates used by the Group for revenue recognition could have a significant impact on the amount  
and timing of revenue recognised.

Revenue from sales of software licences when these are combined with the delivery of significant implementation or 
customisation services is recognised in line with the delivery of the services to the customer. This policy involves the 
assessment of which customer projects include significant customisation or implementation and also an assessment of the 
stage of completion of such projects. 

The fair value estimate of the element of a customer rental fee attributable to the continuing right to use, and to customer 
support and maintenance, is reviewed periodically. On average, the element attributable to customer support and 
maintenance as a proportion of the initial software delivery is 17%. A 1% deviation in this percentage would not lead to  
a material change in revenue.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS84

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

2 Key accounting policies continued
Provision for impairment of receivables
The Group makes provision for the impairment of receivables on a customer-specific basis. The determination of the 
appropriate level of provision involves an estimate of the potential risk of default or non-payment by the Group’s customers 
and management consider a number of factors, including the financial strength of the customers, the level of default that the 
Group has suffered in the past, the age of the receivable outstanding and the Group’s trading experience with that customer. 
The provision for impairment of receivables at 31 March 2017 was £6,054,000 (2016 – £5,879,000).

Intangible assets
IFRS 3 requires the identification of acquired intangible assets as part of a business combination. The methods used to value 
such intangible assets require the use of estimates including forecast performance and customer attrition rates. Future results 
are impacted by the amortisation periods adopted and changes to the estimated useful lives would result in different effects 
on the income statement.

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment. Tests for impairment are based on discounted cash flows and assumptions 
(including discount rates, timing and growth prospects) which are inherently subjective. Further details about the assumptions 
used are set out in note 14.

Retirement benefit obligations
The determination of the Group’s obligations and expense for defined benefit pensions is dependent on the selection, by the 
Board of Directors, of assumptions used by the pension scheme actuary in calculating these amounts. The assumptions 
applied, together with sensitivity analysis, are described in note 25 and include, amongst others, the discount rate, the 
inflation rate, rates of increase in salaries and mortality rates. While the Directors consider that the assumptions are 
appropriate, significant differences in the actual experience or significant changes in assumptions may materially affect the 
reported amount of the Group’s future pension obligations, actuarial gains and losses included in the Consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income in future years and the future staff costs. The net carrying amount of retirement benefit obligations 
at 31 March 2017 was £3,810,000 (2016 – £5,162,000).

d) Impairment of assets
Goodwill arising on acquisition is allocated to cash-generating units expected to benefit from the combination’s synergies and 
represents the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes and generates cash flows which 
are independent of other cash-generating units. The recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which goodwill has 
been allocated is tested for impairment annually or when events or changes in circumstance indicate that it might be impaired. 
The carrying values of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets other than goodwill are reviewed for impairment 
when events or changes in circumstance indicate the carrying value may be impaired. If any such indication exists and where 
the carrying values exceed the estimated recoverable amount, the assets or cash-generating units are written down to their 
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the greater of net selling price and value in use. In assessing value in use, the 
estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For an asset that does not generate largely 
independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. 
Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement in the selling and administrative expenses line item.

3 Revenue
An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows:

Annual fees
Rental licence fees

Total recurring revenue
Initial licence fees
Training and services

Total revenue
Finance revenue

Training and services consists of consultancy, implementation services and training fees.

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

71,845
94,188

166,033
32,214
17,584

215,831
777

63,368
90,617

153,985
29,373
18,133

201,491
633

216,608

202,124

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201785

4 Segment information
The Executive team monitors and appraises the business based on the performance of three geographic regions: Asia Pacific; 
Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA); and Americas. These three regions are the basis of the Group’s primary operating 
segments reported in the financial statements. Performance is evaluated based on regional contribution using the same 
accounting policies as adopted for the Group’s financial statements. There is no inter-segment revenue. Balance sheet 
information is not included in the information provided to the Executive team. Support functions such as head office 
departments are controlled and monitored centrally. All regions sell all the products and services. Corporate costs include 
centralised functions such as Executive Management, Information Management, Finance and Legal.

Revenue
Annual fees
Initial fees
Rental fees
Training and services

Regional revenue total
Cost of sales
Selling and administrative expenses

Regional contribution

Research & Development costs
Adjusted profit from operations
Net finance revenue

Adjusted profit before tax
Exceptional items and other normalised adjustments1

Profit before tax

Year ended 31 March 2017

Asia Pacific
£000

EMEA
£000

Americas
£000

Corporate
£000

Total
£000

32,996
18,688
19,693
4,913

30,453
8,600
57,907
9,719

8,396
4,926
16,588
2,952

–
–
–
–

71,845
32,214
94,188
17,584

76,290
(3,314)
(26,938)

106,679
(8,968)
(33,345)

32,862
(1,951)
(18,593)

–
–
(40,925)

215,831
(14,233)
(119,801)

46,038

64,366

12,318

(40,925)

81,797

(27,174)
54,623
381

55,004
(8,104)

46,900

1  Normalised adjustments include amortisation of intangible assets (excluding other software), share-based payments and movements on fair value of forward foreign 

exchange contracts.

Revenue
Annual fees
Initial fees
Rental fees
Training and services

Regional revenue total
Cost of sales
Selling and administrative expenses

Regional contribution

Research & Development costs
Adjusted profit from operations
Net finance revenue

Adjusted profit before tax
Exceptional items and other normalised adjustments1

Profit before tax

Year ended 31 March 2016

Asia Pacific
£000

EMEA
£000

Americas
£000

Corporate
£000

Total
£000

27,608
18,403
21,486
4,049

28,528
8,787
53,270
11,015

71,546
(3,117)
(24,491)

101,600
(9,514)
(33,270)

7,232
2,183
15,861
3,069

28,345
(2,058)
(17,965)

–
–
–
–

63,368
29,373
90,617
18,133

–
–
(34,171)

201,491
(14,689)
(109,897)

43,938

58,816

8,322

(34,171)

76,905

(25,711)
51,194
7

51,201
(21,772)

29,429

1  Normalised adjustments include amortisation of intangible assets (excluding other software), share-based payments and movements on fair value of forward foreign 

exchange contracts.

Other segmental disclosures
The Company’s country of domicile is the UK. Revenue attributed to the UK and all foreign countries amounted to £15,877,461 
and £199,953,556 (2016 – £18,450,000 and £183,041,000) respectively. No individual country accounted for more than 10% of 
the Group’s total revenue. Revenue is allocated to countries on the basis of the location of the customer. No single external 
customer accounted for 10% or more of the Group’s total revenue (2016 – none).

Non-current assets (excluding deferred tax assets) held in the UK and all foreign countries amounted to £38,530,000 and 
£47,796,000 (2016 – £39,314,000 and £45,582,000) respectively. There are no material non-current assets located in an 
individual country outside of the UK.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS86

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

5 Selling and administration expenses
An analysis of selling and administration expenses is set out below:

Selling and distribution expenses
Administrative expenses

6 Profit from operations
Profit from operations is stated after charging:

Depreciation of owned property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets:
– included in Research & Development costs
– included in selling and distribution expenses
– included in administrative expenses
Staff costs
Operating lease rentals – minimum lease payments
(Profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Net foreign exchange losses

2017 
£000

93,023
31,925

2016
£000

85,915
39,337

124,948

125,252

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

2,487

2,167

4,219
1,587
354
106,959
6,393
(27)
710

4,186
1,430
338
98,153
5,744
2
930

During the year the Group (including its subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the Group’s auditor at costs as 
detailed below:

2017 
£000

Fees payable to the Company auditor for the audit of parent Company and Consolidated financial statements
Fees payable to the Company auditor and its associates for other services:
– the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
– tax, compliance services
– tax, advisory services
– other assurance services pursuant to legislation
– fees connected with the aborted transaction with Schneider Electric

235

226
5
50
30
–

546

2016 
£000

255

160
17
1
71
1,381

1,885

7 Exceptional items

Acquisition and integration activities
Restructuring costs
Indemnified receivable claim for previous business combination
Movement in provision for sales taxes in an overseas location

2017 
£000

–
4,152
(1,753)
(516)

2016
£000

10,459
4,544
–
226

1,883

15,229

The acquisition and integration expenses for the year ended 31 March 2016 relate to fees paid to professional advisers 
primarily for legal and financial due diligence services related to the aborted acquisition of certain software assets from 
Schneider Electric and the acquisition of FabTrol Systems Inc. 

As described in the 2016 Annual Report, we intended to make continued cost savings in addition to those already made in 
2015/16 to mitigate the impact of cost inflation and other planned investments elsewhere in the business. During the 2016/17 
financial year the Group incurred exceptional restructuring costs of £4,152,000 in connection with the rationalisation of offices 
and reduction in headcount in specific areas of the business. Also included are the redundancy costs incurred in eliminating 
the Regional Operations layer of management. These activities are a continuation of the restructuring activities of the previous 
year which were ultimately more protracted than initially expected due to changes in the Executive management team.

The Group has provided for a potential sales tax liability in respect of prior periods, related to the local sales of one of  
the Group’s subsidiary companies. The provision includes an estimate of the underpaid tax as well as related interest for  
late payment.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017Exceptional items were included in the Consolidated income statement as follows:

Research & Development costs
Selling and distribution expenses
Administrative expenses
Other income

87

2017 
£000

492
2,190
954
(1,753)

2016
£000

2,230
1,290
11,709
–

1,883

15,229

The Group received an exceptional credit of £1,753,000 to other income as a result of a partial refund received following an 
indemnity claim related to the 8over8 acquisition.

8 Finance revenue

Bank interest receivable and other interest earned

9 Finance expense

Net interest on pension scheme liabilities
Bank interest payable and similar charges

10 Staff costs
Staff costs relating to employees (including Executive Directors) are shown below:

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs 
Share-based payments

The average number of persons (including Executive Directors) employed by the Group was as follows:

Research, development and product support
Sales, marketing and customer support
Administration

Directors’ remuneration

Directors’ remuneration1
Aggregate contributions to defined contribution pension scheme1
Aggregate gains on the exercise of share options

1  Due to the transition of Chief Executives, there were three Directors in place for six months of 2016/17.

Number of Directors accruing benefits under defined contributions

2017 
£000

777

2017 
£000

338
58

396

2016 
£000

633

2016 
£000

578
48

626

2017 
£000

87,322
11,018
7,535
1,084

2016 
£000

79,852
10,546
7,261
494

106,959

98,153

2017 
Number

2016 
Number

637
808
247

578
873
252

1,692

1,703

2017 
£000

1,043
47
–

1,090

2016 
£000

911
30
–

941

2017 
Number

2016  
Number

2

1

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS88

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

11 Income tax expense
a) Tax on profit
The major components of income tax expense are as follows:

Tax charged in Consolidated income statement
Current tax
UK corporation tax
Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Foreign tax
Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Total current tax

Deferred tax
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Total deferred tax (note 24)

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

5,129
(881)

4,248

5,568
42

5,610

9,858

(851)
(173)

(1,024)

3,863
(47)

3,816

5,869
(704)

5,165

8,981

(441)
415

(26)

Total income tax expense reported in Consolidated income statement

8,834

8,955

Tax relating to items charged directly to Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Deferred tax on actuarial remeasurements on retirement benefit obligation
Current tax on pension contributions
Current tax on exchange gain on retranslation of foreign operations

Tax charge reported in Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

2017 
£000

395
–
406

801

2016 
£000

1,868
(214)
–

1,654

b) Reconciliation of the total tax charge
The differences between the total tax charge shown above and the amount calculated by applying the standard rate of UK 
corporation tax to the profit before tax are as follows:

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

Tax on Group profit before tax at standard UK corporation tax rate of 20% (2016 – 20%)
Effects of:
– expenses not deductible for tax purposes
– acquisition and integration activities (see note 7)
– indemnified receivable (see note 7)
– patent box
– irrecoverable withholding tax
– movement on unprovided deferred tax balances
– differing tax rates 
– adjustments in respect of prior years

9,380

5,886

299
–
(351)
(500)
64
1,026
(72)
(1,012)

988
1,935
–
–
93
408
(19)
(336)

Income tax expense reported in Consolidated income statement

8,834

8,955

The Group’s effective tax rate for the year was 18.8% (2016 – 30.4%). The Group’s effective tax rate for the year before 
exceptional items was 22.2% (2016 – 22.1%). The Group’s effective tax rate before exceptional and other normalised 
adjustments (see note 13) was 22.1% (2016 – 22.5%).

Contained within the prior year adjustment of £1,012,000 is a £1,200,000 exceptional tax credit related to the acquisition  
and integration activities in the previous period (see note 7).

At the previous balance sheet date, the UK government had substantively enacted a 1% reduction in the main rate of UK 
corporation tax to 19% from 1 April 2017 and by another 1% to 18% from 1 April 2020.

At this balance sheet date, the UK government had substantively enacted a further reduction to 17% from 1 April 2020.  
The effect of this reduction is immaterial to the UK net deferred tax liability. 

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201712 Dividends paid and proposed on equity shares

Declared and paid during the year
Interim 2016/17 dividend paid of 13.0 pence (2015/16 – 6.0 pence) per ordinary share
Final 2015/16 dividend paid of 30.0 pence (2014/15 – 25.0 pence) per ordinary share

89

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

8,316
19,184

27,500

3,836
15,978

19,814

Proposed for approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting

Final proposed dividend 2016/17 of 27.0 pence (2015/16 – 30.0 pence) per ordinary share

17,271

19,182

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 7 July 2017 and has not 
been included as a liability in these financial statements. If approved at the Annual General Meeting, the final dividend will be 
paid on 4 August 2017 to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 7 July 2017.

13 Earnings per share

Earnings per share for the year:
– basic
– diluted
Adjusted earnings per share for the year:
– basic
– diluted

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic earnings per share
Effect of dilution: employee share options

Weighted average number of ordinary shares adjusted for the effect of dilution

2017 
Pence

59.52
59.36

66.98
66.81

2016 
Pence

32.03
31.96

62.04
61.91

2017 
Number

2016 
Number

63,959,162
163,002

63,925,508
137,389

64,122,164

64,062,897

The calculations of basic and diluted earnings per share are based on the net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent 
for the year of £38,066,000 (2016 – £20,474,000). Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit 
attributable to equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. 
Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares that would be issued on the conversion of all the potentially dilutive share options into ordinary shares. Details of the 
terms and conditions of share options are provided in note 26.

Details of the calculation of adjusted earnings per share are set out below:

Profit after tax for the year
Intangible amortisation (excluding software)
Share-based payments
(Gain)/loss on fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts
Exceptional items
Tax effect on exceptional items
Tax effect on other normalised adjustments

Adjusted profit after tax

2017 
£000

38,066
5,806
1,084
(669)
1,883
(1,990)
(1,343)

2016 
£000

20,474
5,617
494
432
15,229
(936)
(1,648)

42,837

39,662

The denominators used are the same as those detailed above for both basic and diluted earnings per share. 

The adjustment made to profit after tax in calculating adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share has been adjusted for the 
tax effects of the items adjusted.

The Directors believe that adjusted earnings per share is more representative of the underlying performance of the business.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS90

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

14 Goodwill

At 1 April
Acquisitions
Adjustments in respect of prior year acquisitions
Exchange adjustment

At 31 March

2017 
£000

51,697
–
–
2,608

2016 
£000

50,589
2,793
(4,260)
2,575

54,305

51,697

In the prior year the Group acquired FabTrol Systems Inc. and recorded goodwill of £2,793,000 and also incurred a goodwill 
adjustment of £4,260,000 in relation to the acquisition of 8over8 Limited.

Goodwill impairment tests
The following table shows the allocation of the carrying value of goodwill at the end of the year by cash-generating unit.

Asia Pacific
EMEA
Americas

2017 
£000

20,303
25,377
8,625

2016 
£000

19,446
24,305
7,946

54,305

51,697

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. 
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash-generating units (CGUs) that are expected 
to benefit from that business combination. In 2016/17 the goodwill impairment testing was carried out on a value in use (VIU) 
basis using the most recently approved management budgets for the year ended 31 March 2018 together with the most 
recent three-year business plan extrapolated to a duration of five years in total. Projected cash flows beyond five years have 
been assumed at the long-term growth rate for that region and these have been used to formulate a terminal value for the 
discounted cash flow calculation.  

Key assumptions
The key assumptions in the most recent annual budget on which the cash flow projections are based relate to discount rates, 
long-term growth rates and operating margins.

The cash flow projections have been discounted using the Group’s pre-tax weighted average cost of capital adjusted for the 
country and market risk. Long-term growth rates used are assumed to be equal to the long-term growth rate in the gross 
domestic product of the region in which the CGU operates. CGU operating margin is based on past results.

Asia Pacific
EMEA
Americas

Discount rate

Long-term growth rate

2017

12%
11%
11%

2016

12%
9%
11%

2017

2.0%
1.9%
1.9%

2016

2.0%
1.0%
2.0%

Summary of results
During the year all goodwill was tested for impairment, with no impairment charge resulting (2016 – £nil).

As the VIU is most sensitive to a change in the discount rate and long-term growth rate, the Directors have considered 
combinations of a reduction in the long-term growth rate and an increase in the discount rate and concluded that no 
reasonably foreseeable changes in key assumptions would result in an impairment of goodwill, such is the margin by which 
the estimate exceeds the carrying value.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201715 Intangible assets 

Cost
At 1 April 2015
Additions
Acquisitions
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 March 2016
Additions
Acquisitions
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 March 2017

Amortisation
At 1 April 2015
Charge for the year
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 March 2016
Charge for the year
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 March 2017

Net book value
At 31 March 2015

At 31 March 2016

At 31 March 2017

91

Developed 
technology 
£000

Customer 
relationships 
£000

Purchased 
brand 
£000

Other 
software 
£000

36,097
–
1,197
–
1,722

39,016
–
–
–
2,231

13,209
–
798
–
923

14,930
–
–
–
715

1,203
–
–
–
–

1,203
–
–
–
–

2,992
149
–
(30)
30

3,141
56
–
(44)
42

Purchased 
software 
rights 
£000

8,833
244
–
(636)
–

8,441
2,196
–
–
–

Total 
£000

62,334
393
1,995
(666)
2,675

66,731
2,252
–
(44)
2,988

41,247

15,645

1,203

3,195

10,637

71,927

20,714
3,471
–
1,249

25,434
3,438
–
1,629

30,501

15,383

13,582

5,324
1,189
–
505

7,018
1,346
–
389

8,753

7,885

7,912

10,746

6,892

60
241
–
–

301
241
–
–

542

1,143

902

661

2,150
338
(30)
20

2,478
354
(44)
35

2,823

842

663

372

6,580
715
(636)
–

6,659
781
–
–

34,828
5,954
(666)
1,774

41,890
6,160
(44)
2,053

7,440

50,059

2,253

1,782

27,506

24,841

3,197

21,868

All amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method over periods of between five and twelve years for developed 
technology and between five and twenty years for customer relationships.

The purchased brand represents that acquired as part of the 8over8 acquisition in 2014/15 and is being amortised over 
five years.

For the purposes of the adjusted earnings per share calculation (note 13), intangible asset amortisation excludes the charge 
relating to other software of £354,000 (2016 – £338,000).

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS92

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

16 Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 April 2015
Additions
Acquisitions
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 March 2016
Additions
Acquisitions
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 March 2017

Depreciation
At 1 April 2015
Charge for the year
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 March 2016
Charge for the year
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 March 2017

Net book value
At 31 March 2015

At 31 March 2016

At 31 March 2017

Long leasehold 
buildings 
and 
improvements 
£000

Computer 
equipment 
£000

Fixtures, 
fittings 
and office 
equipment 
£000

4,633
209
27
(456)
(122)

4,291
409
–
–
246

5,686
1,229
23
(1,012)
66

5,992
1,313
–
(521)
1,299

4,946

8,083

1,301
343
(237)
(48)

1,359
406
–
95

3,849
1,092
(1,002)
52

3,991
1,301
(515)
1,068

1,860

5,845

3,332

2,932

3,086

1,837

2,001

2,238

6,159
427
4
(523)
163

6,230
504
–
(166)
495

7,063

4,166
553
(423)
100

4,396
600
(164)
342

5,174

1,993

1,834

1,889

Motor 
vehicles 
£000

872
191
–
(264)
(10)

789
193
–
(443)
61

Total 
£000

17,350
2,056
54
(2,255)
97

17,302
2,419
–
(1,130)
2,101

600

20,692

439
179
(162)
(1)

455
180
(284)
30

9,755
2,167
(1,824)
103

10,201
2,487
(963)
1,535

381

13,260

433

334

219

7,595

7,101

7,432

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201793

17 Investments
At 31 March 2017, the Group had the following principal investments, which are held by AVEVA Solutions Limited unless stated 
and all of which have been included in the consolidation. AVEVA Group plc is the ultimate parent Company and owns 100%  
of AVEVA Solutions Limited. 

The remainder of companies not disclosed below, together with their full addresses, are disclosed on pages 121 and 122.

AVEVA Solutions Limited1

United Kingdom

Software development 

100% ordinary shares of £1 each

Country of incorporation  
or registration

Principal activity

Description and proportion of  
shares and voting rights held

AVEVA Pty Limited
AVEVA do Brasil Informática Ltda
AVEVA (Shanghai) Consultancy Co. 

Australia
Brazil
China

Limited3

and marketing

Software marketing
Software marketing
Services and training

100% ordinary shares of AUD$1 each
100% of ordinary shares of BRL 1 each
100% of issued share capital

AVEVA Solutions (Shanghai) Co. Limited
AVEVA Denmark A/S

China
Denmark

Software marketing
Software development 

100% of ordinary shares
100% of ordinary shares of DKK 1 each

AVEVA SA
AVEVA GmbH
AVEVA East Asia Limited
AVEVA Solutions India LLP
AVEVA Information Technology India  

Private Limited

AVEVA KK
AVEVA Korea Limited
AVEVA Sendirian Berhad2
AVEVA Asia Pacific Sendirian Berhad
AVEVA AS

France
Germany
Hong Kong
India
India

Japan
Korea
Malaysia
Malaysia
Norway

AVEVA OOO Limited Liability Company
AVEVA Pte Limited3
AVEVA AB

Russia
Singapore
Sweden

and marketing

Software marketing
Software marketing
Software marketing
Software development
Software marketing

Software marketing
Software marketing
Software marketing
Software marketing
Software development 

and marketing, training 
and consultancy
Software marketing
Software marketing
Software development 

and marketing

100% ordinary shares of €30 each 
100% ordinary shares of €25,565 each
100% ordinary shares of HK$1 each
100% ordinary shares of INR 10 each
100% ordinary shares of INR 10 each

100% ordinary shares of 50,000 Yen each
100% ordinary shares of KRW 500,000 each 
49% ordinary shares of MYR 1 each
100% ordinary shares of MYR 1 each
100% ordinary shares of NOK 500 each

100% of ordinary shares
100% of ordinary shares of SGD 10 each
100% of ordinary shares of SEK 10 each

AVEVA Inc.

USA

Software marketing

100% common stock of US$1 each

1  Held by AVEVA Group plc.
2  AVEVA Sendirian Berhad has been consolidated on the basis that the Group exercises control over its financial and operating policies under the terms of the shareholders’ 

agreement.

3  Held by AVEVA AB.

18 Trade and other receivables 

Current
Amounts falling due within one year:
Trade receivables
Prepayments and other receivables
Accrued income

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

85,041
7,465
773

88,618
7,384
1,136

93,279

97,138

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and generally on terms of between 30 and 90 days. The Directors consider that the 
carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value.

Non-current
Prepayments and other receivables

Non-current prepayments and other receivables include rental deposits for operating leases.

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

1,499

1,257

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS94

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

18 Trade and other receivables continued
As at 31 March 2017, the provision for impairment of receivables was £6,054,000 (2016 – £5,879,000) and an analysis of the 
movements during the year was as follows:

At 1 April 2015
Charge for the year, net of amounts reversed
Utilised
Exchange adjustment

At 31 March 2016
Charge for the year, net of amounts reversed
Utilised
Exchange adjustment

As at 31 March 2017

£000

5,636
3,431
(3,141)
(47)

5,879
635
(1,643)
1,183

6,054

As at 31 March, the ageing analysis of trade receivables (net of provision for impairment) was as follows:

2017
2016

Past due not impaired

Neither past 
due nor 
impaired 
£000

Total 
£000

Less than 
four months 
£000

Four to eight 
months 
£000

85,041
88,618

61,729
54,778

20,661
30,831

1,258
2,142

Eight to 
twelve 
months 
£000

1,393
867

More than 
twelve 
months 
£000

–
–

Further disclosures relating to the credit quality of trade receivables are included in note 23.

19 Cash and cash equivalents and treasury deposits

Cash at bank and in hand
Short-term deposits

Net cash and cash equivalents per cash flow
Treasury deposits

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

49,704
35,758

85,462
45,486

38,176
26,435

64,611
43,316

130,948

107,927

Treasury deposits represent bank deposits with an original maturity of over three months. Treasury deposits held with a fixed 
rate of interest were £336,000 (2016 – £23,296,000), with the remainder held at a floating rate.

Short-term deposits are made for varying periods of between one day and three months, depending on the immediate cash 
requirements of the Group, and earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates. £14,406,000 (2016 – £31,776,000) 
were at a fixed rate of interest and the remainder were held at a floating rate of interest.

The fair value of cash and cash equivalents and treasury deposits is £130,948,000 (2016 – £107,927,000).

Further disclosures relating to credit quality of cash and cash equivalents and treasury deposits are included in note 23.

20 Trade and other payables 

Current
Trade payables
Social security, employee taxes and sales taxes
Accruals and other payables
Deferred consideration

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

5,835
14,699
21,994
348

5,986
13,502
16,478
1,230

42,876

37,196

Trade payables are non-interest bearing and are normally settled on terms of between 30 and 60 days. Social security, 
employee taxes and sales taxes are non-interest bearing and are normally settled on terms of between 19 and 30 days.  
The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other payables approximates their fair value.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201721 Financial liabilities

Current
Fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts

Borrowing facilities
As at 31 March 2017 the Group had no committed bank overdraft or loan facilities. 

95

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

196

864

22 Obligations under leases 
As at 31 March 2017 the Group had the following future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases  
as follows:

2017

2016

Not later than one year
After one but not more than five years
More than five years

Land and 
buildings 
£000

Plant and 
machinery 
£000

Land and 
buildings 
£000

Plant and 
machinery 
£000

5,243
6,677
–

11,920

443
371
–

814

4,753
6,426
–

11,179

515
409
–

924

The Group has entered into commercial leases on certain properties, motor vehicles and items of equipment. These leases 
have a duration of between one and five years. Certain property leases contain an option for renewal.

23 Financial risk management
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise cash and short-term deposits, treasury deposits and forward foreign 
exchange contracts. The Group has various other financial assets and liabilities such as trade receivables and trade payables, 
which arise directly from its operations.

The Group enters into forward foreign exchange contracts to manage currency risks arising from the Group’s operations.

It is, and has been throughout the period under review, the Group’s policy that no speculative trading in financial instruments 
shall be undertaken.

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Board reviews 
and agrees policies for managing such risks on a regular basis as summarised below:

a) Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates, will affect the Group’s 
income or the value of its holding of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control 
market risk exposures within acceptable parameters.

Interest rate risk
The Group holds net funds and hence its interest rate risk is associated with short-term cash deposits and treasury deposits. 
The Group’s overall objective with respect to holding these deposits is to maintain a balance between security of funds, 
accessibility and competitive rates of return.

For the presentation of market risks, IFRS 7 requires sensitivity analysis that shows the effects of hypothetical changes of 
relevant risk variables on profit or loss and shareholders’ equity. The Group is exposed to fluctuations in interest rates on its 
cash and cash equivalents and treasury deposits. The Group does not have any borrowings. The impact is determined by 
applying sensitised interest rates to the cash and cash equivalents and treasury deposit balances.

A 1% point decrease in the Sterling and US Dollar interest rates would have reduced interest income by approximately 
£382,000 (2016 – £633,000) and profit after tax by £306,000 (2016 – £506,000).

Foreign currency risk
Foreign currency risk arises from the Group undertaking a significant number of foreign currency transactions in the course of 
operations. These exposures arise from sales by business units in currencies other than the Group’s presentational currency 
of Sterling. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS96

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

23 Financial risk management continued
The majority of costs are denominated in the functional currency of the business unit. The main exposures relate to the US 
Dollar, Euro, South Korean Won and Japanese Yen, reflecting the fact that a significant proportion of the Group’s revenue and 
cash receipts are denominated in these currencies, whilst a large proportion of its costs, such as Research & Development, are 
settled in Sterling, Indian Rupees and Swedish Krona.

The Group manages exchange risks, where possible, by using forward foreign exchange contracts. The Group enters into 
forward foreign exchange contracts to sell US Dollars and Euros to match forecast cash flows arising from its recurring revenue 
base. In addition, it enters into specific forward foreign exchange contracts for individually significant revenue contracts, 
when the timing of forecast cash flows is reasonably certain. Other currency exposures are less easy to hedge cost effectively. 
At 31 March 2017, the Group had outstanding currency exchange contracts to sell $14.5 million (2016 – $18 million) and  
€9.8 million (2016 – €10.4 million). 

The Group has not applied hedge accounting during the current year and therefore all gains and losses on forward foreign 
exchange contracts have been included in the Consolidated income statement.

The Group has investments in foreign operations whose net assets are exposed to currency translation risk. Gains and losses 
arising from these structural currency exposures are recognised in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis
For the presentation of market risks, IFRS 7 requires sensitivity analysis that shows the effects of hypothetical changes in the 
foreign exchange rates in profit or loss or shareholders’ equity. The impact is determined by applying the sensitised foreign 
exchange rate to the monetary assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date.

Currency risks as defined by IFRS 7 arise on account of financial instruments being denominated in a currency that is not the 
functional currency and being of a monetary nature; differences resulting from the translation of financial statements into the 
Group’s presentation currency are not taken into consideration.

A 10% change in the US Dollar against Sterling and Euro against Sterling would have impacted equity and profit after tax by the 
amounts shown below as at the reporting date shown. In management’s opinion, this is a reasonably possible change given 
current market conditions. Our analysis indicates that a 10% change in other currencies would not have a significant impact. 
This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates and other foreign currencies, remain constant. The 
analysis is performed on the same basis for 2015/16.

31 March 2017

US Dollar

Euro

31 March 2016

US Dollar

Euro

Increase/ 
(decrease)
in average 
rate

Profit/(loss) 
£000

10%
(10%)
10%
(10%)

(2,041)
2,248
59
(65)

Increase/ 
(decrease)  
in average 
rate

10%
(10%)
10%
(10%)

Profit/(loss) 
£000

(1,450)
1,594
(267)
294

Equity 
£000

(2,041)
2,248
59
(65)

Equity 
£000

(1,450)
1,594
(267)
294

b) Credit risk
The Group’s principal financial assets are cash equivalents, treasury deposits, trade and other receivables.

Counterparties for cash and cash equivalents and treasury deposits are governed by the treasury policy, which has been 
approved by the Board, and are limited to financial institutions which have a high credit rating assigned by international credit 
rating agencies. As set out in the Group’s treasury policy, the amount of exposure to each counterparty is subject to a specific 
limit, up to a maximum of 50% of the Group’s total counterparty risk. Within this overall limit, some counterparties are subject 
to more restrictive caps on counterparty exposure.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201797

The Group trades only with recognised, creditworthy third parties and provides credit to customers in the normal course of 
business. The amounts presented in the Consolidated balance sheet are net of allowances for doubtful receivables. An 
allowance for impairment is made where there is an identified loss event, which, based on previous experience, is evidence of 
a reduction in the recoverability of the cash flows. The Group has credit control functions to monitor receivable balances on an 
ongoing basis. Credit checks are performed before credit is granted to new customers. Due to the credit control procedures in 
place, we believe all the receivables are of good quality. The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk, with 
exposure spread over a large number of customers. The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying 
amount of each financial asset. The exposure to credit risk is mitigated where necessary by either letters of credit or payments 
in advance.

The Group does not require collateral in respect of its financial assets.

c) Liquidity risk
The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves and by continuously monitoring forecast and actual 
cash flows and matching the maturity of financial assets and liabilities. The Group has no borrowings from third parties and 
therefore liquidity risk is not considered a significant risk at this time.

The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities, which will be settled on a net basis, into relevant maturity groupings 
based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table 
are the contractual undiscounted cash flows:

As at 31 March 2017
Trade and other payables

As at 31 March 2016
Trade and other payables

Less than 
three 
months 
£000

Between 
three 
months and 
six months 
£000

Between six 
months and 
one year
 £000

Greater than 
one year 
£000

42,528

35,966

–

–

–

–

–

–

The table below analyses the Group’s forward foreign exchange contracts, which will be settled on a gross basis, into relevant 
maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts 
disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows:

As at 31 March 2017
Forward foreign exchange contracts (GBP/EUR) 
Outflow
Inflow

Forward foreign exchange contracts (GBP/USD)
Outflow
Inflow

Forward foreign exchange contracts (USD/EUR)
Outflow
Inflow

As at 31 March 2016
Forward foreign exchange contracts (GBP/EUR) 
Outflow
Inflow

Forward foreign exchange contracts (GBP/USD)
Outflow
Inflow

Forward foreign exchange contracts (USD/EUR)
Outflow
Inflow

Less than 
three 
months 
‘000

Between 
three 
months and 
six months 
‘000

Between six 
months and 
one year 
‘000

€4,375
£3,745

€3,425
£2,969

€1,975
£1,707

$7,450
£5,756

$4,525
£3,579

$2,525
£2,012

–
–

–
–

–
–

€4,590
£3,379

€3,000
£2,235

€2,755
£2,141

$7,950
£5,263

$5,575
£3,749

$4,300
£2,983

$200
€182

–
–

–
–

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
98

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

23 Financial risk management continued
d) Fair values
The book values of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities consist of bank and cash balances of £85,462,000 (2016 – 
£64,611,000) and treasury deposits of £45,486,000 (2016 – £43,316,000). The carrying amounts of these financial assets and 
liabilities in the Group’s financial statements approximates their fair values.

In addition, the Group’s financial assets include forward foreign exchange contracts. Financial instruments which are 
recognised at fair value subsequent to initial recognition are grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair 
value is observable. The three levels are defined as follows:

 – Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or 

liabilities.

 – Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are 

observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

 – Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that 

are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

At 31 March 2017, the Group had forward foreign exchange contracts which were measured at Level 2 fair value subsequent to 
initial recognition. The fair value of the liability in respect of foreign exchange contracts was £196,000 at 31 March 2017 (2016 
– £864,000 liability).

The resulting gain of £668,000 (2016 – loss of £432,000) on the movement of the fair value of forward foreign exchange 
contracts is recognised in the Consolidated income statement within administrative expenses.

e) Capital management
The Group’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor market, creditor, customer and employee 
confidence and to sustain future development of the business. The capital structure of the Group consists of equity 
attributable to the equity holders of AVEVA Group plc comprising issued share capital, other reserves and retained earnings.

To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, return capital to 
shareholders or issue new shares. No changes were made in the objectives, policies or processes during the years ended  
31 March 2016 or 2017.

The Board monitors the capital structure on a regular basis and determines the level of annual dividend. The Group is not 
exposed to any externally imposed capital requirements.

24 Deferred tax
The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and the movements thereon, during the 
current and previous year:

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations 
£000

 Intangible 
assets  
£000 

Share 
options 
£000

Expenses 
deductible in 
future
£000

At 1 April 2015
Acquisition
Credit/(charge) to income statement
(Charge)/credit to other comprehensive income
Credited to equity
Exchange adjustment

At 31 March 2016
Credit/(charge) to income statement
(Charge)/credit to other comprehensive income
Credited to equity
Exchange adjustment

2,586
–
(24)
(1,868)
–
(2)

692
(164)
(395)
–
54

(4,455)
(798)
1,063
–
–
(214)

(4,404)
964
–
–
(126)

At 31 March 2017

187

(3,566)

197
–
(26)
–
2
–

173
93
–
19
–

285

2,047
–
(125)
–
–
(15)

1,907
404
–
–
237

2,548

844

1  Other temporary differences consist principally of deferred tax on fixed assets and timing differences in respect of revenue recognition.

Losses  
£000

40
–
928
–
–
(35)

933
(67)
–
–
(22)

Other 
temporary
differences1
£000

1,905
28
(1,790)
–
–
(14)

129
(206)
–
–
(8)

(85)

Total 
£000

2,320
(770)
26
(1,868)
2
(280)

(570)
1,024
(395)
19
135

213

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201799

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances (after 
offset) for financial reporting purposes:

Deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax assets

2017 
£000

(3,381)
3,594

213

2016 
£000

(3,187)
2,617

(570)

At the balance sheet date, the Group has unused tax losses of £8,757,000 (2016 – £7,005,000) available for offset against future 
profits. Of the total deferred tax asset of £2,317,000 (2016 – £1,514,000), £844,000 (2016 – £933,000) has been recognised 
and is included above. These losses may be carried forward indefinitely.

At the balance sheet date, the aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of overseas 
subsidiaries for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised was approximately £46,570,000 (2016 – £37,134,000). 
No liability has been recognised in respect of these differences because the Group is in a position to control the timing of the 
reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. It is 
likely that the majority of the overseas earnings would qualify for the UK dividend exemption but may be subject to foreign 
withholding taxes.

25 Retirement benefit obligations
The movement on the provision for retirement benefit obligations was as follows:

At 31 March 2015
Current service cost
Net interest on pension scheme liabilities
Actuarial remeasurements
Employer contributions 
Exchange adjustment

At 31 March 2016
Current service cost
Net interest on pension scheme liabilities
Actuarial remeasurements
Employer contributions 
Exchange adjustment

At 31 March 2017

UK defined 
benefit 
scheme  
£000

German 
defined 
benefit  
schemes  
£000

South 
Korean 
severance 
pay  
£000

11,281
–
506
(7,936)
(1,580)
–

2,271
–
274
(2,187)
(1,580)
–

1,059
–
30
211
(11)
104

1,393
–
28
27
314
122

(1,222)

1,884

1,847
213
42
(112)
(471)
(21)

1,498
227
36
(10)
(100)
275

1,926

Total 
£000

14,187
213
578
(7,837)
(2,062)
83

5,162
227
338
(2,170)
(1,366)
397

2,588

The UK defined benefit scheme surplus has been recognised as a non-current asset as the Group has a right to any remaining 
surplus after all liabilities are paid. The Trustees may not distribute any surplus without the agreement of the Group. If such 
agreement is withheld, the Trustees are required to repay any remaining funds to the Group.

a) UK defined benefit scheme
The Group operates a UK defined benefit pension plan providing benefits based on final pensionable pay which is funded. This 
scheme was closed to new employees on 30 September 2002 (with the option of reopening if required) and was converted to 
a Career Average Revalued Earnings basis on 30 September 2004. The scheme closed to future benefit accrual with effect 
from 1 April 2015. Pensions are also payable to dependants on death. Administration on behalf of the members is governed by 
a trust deed, and the funds are held and managed by professional investment managers who are independent of the Group.

Contributions to the scheme are made in accordance with advice from an external, professionally qualified actuary, 
Broadstone Corporate Benefits Limited, at rates which are calculated to be sufficient to meet the future liabilities of the 
scheme. Scheme assets are stated at their market values at the respective balance sheet dates.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS100

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

25 Retirement benefit obligations continued
The principal assumptions used in determining the pension valuation were as follows:

Main assumptions:
Discount rate
Inflation assumption – RPI
Rate of salary increases
Rate of increase of pensions in payment
Rate of increase of pensions in deferment
Cash commutation

The duration of the scheme liabilities is estimated to be 19 years.

2017 
%

2016 
%

2.50
3.60
5.60
3.30
2.60
20% of pension

3.40
3.30
5.30
3.10
2.30
20% of pension

For the years ended 31 March 2017 and 2016, the mortality assumptions adopted imply the following weighted average life 
expectancies at age 65:

2017 
Years

2016 
Years

Male pensioners
Female pensioners
Non-retired males
Non-retired females

23.1
24.3
24.3
25.7

23.1
24.3
24.2
25.6

Company contributions were £1,580,000 (2016 – £1,580,000), comprising deficit contributions totalling £1,400,000 per annum 
plus an administration charge of £180,000. The total contributions in 2017/18 and 2018/19 are expected to be approximately 
£1,580,000 in each year.

The PPF levy of approximately £28,000 was payable in addition (2016 – £20,000). 

The assumed discount rate, inflation rate and mortality all have a significant effect on the IAS 19 accounting valuation.  
The following table shows the sensitivity of the valuation to changes in these assumptions:

0.25 percentage point increase to:
– discount rate
– inflation (including pension increases linked to inflation)
Additional one-year increase to life expectancy

The assets and liabilities of the scheme at 31 March 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

Equities
Bonds
Other

Total fair value of assets
Present value of scheme liabilities

Net pension asset/(liability) 

Impact on liabilities  
increase/(decrease)

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

(3,824)
2,696
2,609

(3,744)
2,543
2,429

2017 
£000

36,405
28,282
23,490

2016 
£000

33,050
25,207
20,720

88,177
(86,955)

78,977
(81,248)

1,222

(2,271)

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017101

The amounts recognised in the Consolidated income statement and Consolidated statement of comprehensive income  
for the year are analysed as follows:

Finance revenue
Interest income on pension scheme assets

Finance costs
Interest on pension scheme liabilities

Taken to Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Actual return on pension scheme assets
Less: interest income on pension scheme assets

Changes in assumptions and experience adjustments on liabilities

Remeasurement gain on defined benefit plan

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

(2,446)

(2,197)

2,720

2,703

12,692
(2,446)

10,246
(8,059)

2,187

2,526
(2,197)

329
7,607

7,936

Analysis of movements in the present value of the defined benefit pension obligations during the year are analysed as follows:

At 1 April 
Interest on pension scheme liabilities
Benefits paid
Premiums paid
Actuarial (gain)/loss due to experience
Actuarial (gain)/loss due to changes in the economic assumptions
Actuarial (gain)/loss due to changes in the demographic assumptions

At 31 March

The above defined benefit obligation arises from a plan that is wholly funded. 

Changes in the fair value of plan assets are as follows:

At 1 April
Interest income
Contributions by employer
Benefits paid
Premiums paid
Actual return less interest in income

At 31 March

2017 
£000

81,248
2,720
(5,057)
(15)
(3,244)
11,303
–

2016 
£000

88,215
2,703
(2,048)
(15)
(340)
(4,656)
(2,611)

86,955

81,248

2017 
£000

78,977
2,446
1,580
(5,057)
(15)
10,246

2016 
£000

76,934
2,197
1,580
(2,048)
(15)
329

88,177

78,977

b) German defined benefit schemes
There are three defined benefit pension schemes in AVEVA GmbH. Tribon Solutions GmbH operated an unfunded defined 
benefit scheme that provides benefits to three deferred members following an acquisition in 1992. No current employees 
participate in the scheme and it is closed to new applicants. Benefit payments are made as they fall due. The scheme was 
transferred to AVEVA GmbH when Tribon Solutions GmbH and AVEVA GmbH merged in 2005. 

Since the acquisition of Bocad in May 2012, AVEVA Software GmbH had been responsible for the pension obligations of six 
former Bocad employees. At the time of the acquisition, the pension obligations were only partly financed via external funding 
vehicles. In March 2013, AVEVA concluded an agreement with an external insurance provider which resulted in the insurance 
company being obliged to provide all benefits as detailed in the individual pension commitments, with AVEVA only having an 
obligation if the external insurance provider defaults.

In addition, AVEVA GmbH operates a defined benefit pension scheme for one employee. This scheme is closed to  
new members. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS102

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

25 Retirement benefit obligations continued
Details of the actuarial assumptions used to value these schemes in accordance with IAS 19 are set out below:

Rate of increase of pension in payment
Discount rate
Mortality
Rate of salary increases

2017

2016

1.25%–2.5%
1.5%–1.55%
13–20 years
N/A

1.25%–2.5%
1.5%–2.5%
13–20 years
N/A

The retirement ages for the Tribon Solutions GmbH and AVEVA GmbH schemes were 60 and 63 years of age respectively 
(2016 – 60 and 63 years of age).

c) South Korean severance pay
South Korean employees are entitled to a lump sum on severance of their employment equal to one month’s salary for each 
year of service. The IAS 19 valuation of the liability has been carried out using the following assumptions:

Rate of salary increases
Discount rate

2017 
%

4.00
2.60

2016 
%

4.00
2.29

The retirement age for AVEVA Korea Limited employees is 60 years of age (2016 – 60 years of age). 

d) Other retirement schemes
All Swedish employees employed by AVEVA AB aged 28 or over are members of the ITP, an industry scheme for salaried 
employees which provides benefits in addition to the state pension arrangements. The ITP scheme is managed by Alecta,  
a Swedish insurance company. It is a multi-employer defined benefit scheme with a supplementary defined contribution 
component. AVEVA AB pays monthly premiums to the insurers which vary by age, service and salary of the employee. AVEVA 
AB is unable to identify its share of the underlying assets and liabilities in the scheme on a fair and reasonable basis because 
this information is not provided by the scheme and therefore has accounted for the scheme as if it was a defined contribution 
pension scheme. At 31 March 2017, Alecta’s surplus in the form of collective funding level was 152% (2016 – 144%) which was 
calculated in accordance with the Swedish Annual Accounts Act for Insurance Companies. The total cost charged to the 
income statement was £879,042 (2016 – £701,550).

e) Defined contribution schemes
The Group operates defined contribution retirement schemes for certain UK, US, German, French, Norwegian and Asian 
employees. The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the Group. The total cost charged to income of 
£6,465,670 (2016 – £6,346,000) represents contributions payable to these schemes by the Group at the rates specified in  
the rules of the plans.

26 Share-based payment plans
The Group has four equity-settled share schemes: the AVEVA Group plc Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP); the AVEVA Group 
Management Bonus Deferred Share Scheme; the AVEVA Group plc Senior Employee Restricted Share Plan 2015; and the 
AVEVA Group plc Executive Share Option Scheme 2007. No grants have been made under the 2007 scheme which was 
approved at the Annual General Meeting on 12 July 2007. Details of these plans are set out below.

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (WAEP) of, and movements in, share options 
for the schemes during the year:

Outstanding at start of year
Granted during year
Forfeited during year
Exercised during year1

Outstanding at end of year
Exercisable at end of year1

1  The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for the options exercised is £16.48 (2016 – £19.16).

2017 
Number

737,609
189,030
(150,892)
(28,136)

747,611
42,335

2017 
WAEP 
Pence

3.46
3.51
3.56
1.86

3.52
3.52

2016  
Number

584,643
421,295
(228,394)
(39,935)

737,609
56,135

2016 
WAEP 
Pence

3.28
3.52
3.51
1.15

3.46
3.56

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017103

Share options granted under the schemes to certain employees and which remain outstanding are as follows:

Date of grant

Share option plan

7 July 2009
26 July 2010
6 July 2011
20 June 2013
21 August 2013
4 July 2014
21 July 2014
21 July 2015
21 July 2015
6 August 2015
22 January 2016
13 July 2016
13 July 2016
25 July 2016

LTIP
LTIP
LTIP
Deferred Share Scheme
LTIP
Deferred Share Scheme
LTIP
LTIP
Restricted Share Plan
Deferred Share Scheme
LTIP
Restricted Share Plan
LTIP
Deferred Share Scheme

Number
 of options 
2017 
Number

Number 
of options 
2016 
Number

Exercise 
price
 Pence

–
9,682
32,263
–
–
5,004
153,012
217,818
62,112
1,271
77,419
61,311
125,559
2,160

3,611
9,682
42,842
8,257
109,145
9,539
159,503
232,025
64,372
1,859
96,774
–
–
–

747,611

737,609

3.56
3.56
3.56
–
3.56
–
3.56
3.56
3.56
–
3.56
3.56
3.56
–

The fair value of each of these option awards is measured at grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model taking 
into account the terms and conditions upon which the instruments were granted. The following table lists the inputs to the 
model used for each of the awards:

Common to all plans:
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected life of option
LTIP July and Restricted Share Plan
Weighted average share price
Dividend yield
LTIP January
Weighted average share price
Dividend yield
Deferred Share Scheme
Weighted average share price
Dividend yield

2016/17 
awards

2015/16  
awards

44%
0.17%
3 years

£18.40
1.96%

–
–

£18.76
1.92%

37%
0.95%
3 years

£22.55
1.35%

£13.57
2.25%

£21.53
1.42%

The weighted average remaining contractual life for the options outstanding at 31 March 2017 is 5.77 years (2016 – 5.23 years).

The average fair value of options granted during the year was £17.32 (2016 – £19.55). In calculating the fair value, the expected 
life of the options is based on historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The expected 
volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may also not necessarily be 
the actual outcome.

The Group recognised an expense of £1,084,000 related to equity-settled share-based payment transactions in the year ended 
31 March 2017 (2016 – expense of £494,000).

Details of the share option plans are as follows:

a) Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
The following awards have been made under the LTIP. The exercise price is equal to the nominal value of the underlying 
shares, which is 3.56 pence. Options under the LTIP are normally exercisable in full or in part between the third and tenth 
anniversaries of the date of grant.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
104

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

26 Share-based payment plans continued
2016/17 awards
In 2016/17, a total of 125,559 share options were awarded to Executive Directors and senior management under the LTIP. The 
performance conditions attached to this award are based on EPS growth over the three years from 2016/17 to 2018/19. If 
average adjusted diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS) growth is more than 15% then all shares shall vest. If average adjusted 
diluted EPS growth over the same period is less than 5% then none of the shares will vest. For growth rates between 5% and 
15% the number of shares that vest will be determined by linear interpolation between 25% and 100%.

2015/16 awards
In 2015/16, a total of 253,610 share options were awarded to Executive Directors and senior management under the LTIP.  
The performance conditions attached to this award are based on EPS growth over the three years from 2015/16 to 2017/18.  
If average adjusted diluted EPS growth is more than 20% then all shares shall vest. If average adjusted diluted EPS growth over 
the same period is less than 12% then none of the shares will vest. For growth rates between 12% and 20% the number of 
shares that vest will be determined by linear interpolation between 25% and 100%.

2014/15 awards
In 2014/15, a total of 189,740 share options were awarded to Executive Directors and senior management under the LTIP. The 
performance conditions attached to this award are based on EPS growth over the three years from 2014/15 to 2016/17. If 
average adjusted diluted EPS growth is more than 20% then all shares shall vest. If average adjusted diluted EPS growth over 
the same period is less than 12% then none of the shares will vest. For growth rates between 12% and 20% the number of 
shares that vest will be determined by linear interpolation between 25% and 100%.

2013/14 awards
In 2013/14, a total of 136,886 share options were awarded to Executive Directors and senior management under the LTIP. The 
performance conditions attached to this award are based on EPS growth over the three years from 2013/14 to 2015/16. If 
average adjusted diluted EPS growth is more than 20% then all shares shall vest. If average adjusted diluted EPS growth over 
the same period is less than 14% then none of the shares will vest. For growth rates between 14% and 20% the number of 
shares that vest will be determined by linear interpolation between 25% and 100%.

b) Deferred annual bonus share plan
In 2008, the Company established the AVEVA Group Management Bonus Deferred Share Scheme 2008 (the Deferred Share 
Scheme). Directors and senior management participate in the scheme. Subject to the achievement of performance conditions 
relating to a single financial year, these incentive arrangements are intended to reward the recipient partly in cash and partly in 
ordinary shares in the Company to be delivered on a deferred basis.

In July 2016, the AVEVA Group Employee Benefit Trust 2008 awarded 2,160 (2016 – 2,131) deferred shares to the Executive 
Directors and senior management in respect of the bonus earned in the year ended 31 March 2016 (2016 – bonus earned in 
year ended 31 March 2015).

The award of deferred shares takes the form of nil-cost options exercisable by participants in three equal tranches, one in each 
of the three years following the year in which the award is made. The option may be exercised in the 42-day period beginning 
on the announcement of the financial results of the Group in each of the three calendar years after that in which the option 
was granted. The last date of the exercise is the end of the 42-day period following the announcement of the financial results 
of the Group in the third calendar year following that in which the option was granted or (if applicable) such later date as the 
Remuneration Committee may specify. These awards are made solely in respect of performance in the financial year 
immediately prior to their grant. Delivery of the deferred shares is not subject to further performance conditions but each 
participant is required to remain an employee or Director of the Group during the three-year vesting period in order to receive 
his deferred shares in full (except in the case of death or the occurrence of a takeover, reconstruction or amalgamation, or 
voluntary winding up of the Company).

c) AVEVA Group plc Senior Employee Restricted Share Plan 2015
In 2015, the Company established the AVEVA Group plc Senior Employee Restricted Share Plan 2015 (the Restricted Share 
Plan). The scheme allows awards of options to be made to senior management employees and the exercise price of awards 
granted is 3.56 pence, being the nominal value of the underlying shares. The right to exercise an option is subject to 
completion of a required period of continued employment within the Group, usually being three years. Options that are not 
exercised prior to the fifth anniversary (or, in the case of an award with an overall award period of more than four years, the 
sixth anniversary) of the date of grant shall lapse.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017105

In July 2016 a total of 61,311 options were granted to senior management. The shares under option are exercisable three years 
after the date of award.

In July 2015 a total of 66,638 options were granted to senior management. One-third of the shares under option are 
exercisable two years after the date of award and two-thirds of the shares under option are exercisable after three years.

27 Share capital and reserves
a) Share capital

Allotted, called-up and fully paid
63,975,869 (2016 – 63,961,113) ordinary shares of 3.56 pence each

Details of the shares issued during the year and the prior year are as follows:

At 1 April
Exercise of share options

At 31 March

Year ended 31 March 2017

Date of issue

24 May 2016
27 May 2016
29 September 2016

Year ended 31 March 2016

Date of issue

29 July 2015
24 September 2015
10 February 2016

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

2,275

2,274

2017  
Number

63,961,113
14,756

63,975,869

2017 
£000

2,274
1

2,275

2016  
Number

63,948,241
12,872

63,961,113

Number of 
shares 
2017

10,579
566
3,611

14,756

Number of 
shares 
2016

5,032
4,083
3,757

12,872

Nominal 
value 
2017 
£

Share 
premium 
2017 
£

376
20
128

524

–
–
–

–

Nominal 
value 
2016 
£

Share 
premium 
2016 
£

179
145
134

458

–
–
–

–

2016 
£000

2,274
–

2,274

Market 
price 
£

15.27
16.00
20.12

Market 
price 
£ 

22.05
21.29
12.98

b) Other reserves
Other reserves consist of the following:

Cumulative translation adjustment reserve
The cumulative translation adjustment reserve is used to record exchange differences which arose from 1 April 2004 from the 
translation of the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries.

Merger reserve
This represents the difference between the fair value and the nominal value of shares issued in connection with the acquisition 
of AVEVA AB in 2004.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS106

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

27 Share capital and reserves continued
Own shares held
Own shares held reserve represents the cost of the shares in AVEVA Group plc purchased in the open market and held by the 
AVEVA Group Employee Benefit Trust 2008 (EBT) to satisfy deferred shares under the Group’s deferred annual bonus share 
plan. During the year, 2,160 shares were purchased by the EBT at a price of £18.68 and 13,380 shares (2016 – 26,791) with an 
attributable cost of £296,431 were issued to employees in satisfying share options that were exercised.

At 1 April 2015
Own shares purchased 7 August 2015
Shares issued to employees

At 31 March 2016
Own shares purchased 25 July 2016
Share issued to employees

At 31 March 2017

£000

982
94
(592)

484
40
(296)

228

28 Related party transactions
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and 
are not disclosed in this note.

Remuneration of key management personnel
The remuneration of the Executive Directors and other members of the Executive team, who are the key management 
personnel of the Group, is set out below in aggregate for each of the categories specified in IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures. 
In addition to their salaries, the Group also provides non-cash benefits and contributes to defined benefit or defined 
contribution pension schemes on their behalf. Members of the key management team also participate in the Group’s share 
option schemes and deferred annual bonus share plan. 

Further information about the remuneration of individual Directors is provided in the audited parts of the Remuneration 
Committee report on pages 47 to 66.

Short-term employee benefits
Share-based payments
Termination benefits

2017 
£000

2,637
449
758

2016 
£000

2,138
106
–

3,844

2,244

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
31 MARCH 2017

Non-current assets
Investments

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Equity
Issued share capital
Share premium
Merger reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity 

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Total equity and liabilities

Profit for the year

107

Notes

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

5

32,736

31,823

32,736

31,823

6

8

125,567
11

94,211
9

125,578

94,220

158,314

126,043

2,275
27,288
3,921
84,748

2,274
27,288
3,921
62,114

118,232

95,597

7

40,082

30,446

40,082

30,446

158,314

126,043

49,050

29,811

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this Company balance sheet. 

The financial statements on pages 107 to 111 were approved by the Board of Directors on 23 May 2017 and signed  
on its behalf by:

Philip Aiken
Chairman

James Kidd
Chief Executive

Company number
2937296

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS108

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
31 MARCH 2017

At 1 April 2015
Profit for the year
Issue of share capital
Share-based payments
Share options granted to employees of subsidiary companies
Dividends paid

At 31 March 2016
Profit for the year
Issue of share capital
Share-based payments
Share options granted to employees of subsidiary companies
Dividends paid

Share 
capital 
£000

Share 
premium 
£000

Merger 
reserve 
£000

Profit and 
loss account 
£000

Total 
shareholders’ 
funds
£000

2,274
–
–
–
–
–

2,274
–
1
–
–
–

27,288
–
–
–
–
–

27,288
–
–
–
–
–

3,921
–
–
–
–
–

3,921
–
–
–
–
–

51,622
29,811
–
58
437
(19,814)

62,114
49,050
–
171
913
(27,500)

85,105
29,811
–
58
437
(19,814)

95,597
49,050
1
171
913
(27,500)

At 31 March 2017

2,275

27,288

3,921

84,748

118,232

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this Company statement of changes in shareholders’ equity.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017109

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1 Authorisation of Financial Statements and Corporate information
The financial statements of AVEVA Group plc (the Company) for the year ended 31 March 2017 were authorised for issue by 
the Board of Directors on 23 May 2017 and the balance sheet was signed on the Board’s behalf by Philip Aiken, the Group 
Chairman, and James Kidd, the CEO. AVEVA Group plc is a limited company incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales 
whose shares are publicly traded on the London Stock Exchange. The principal activity of the Company is that of a 
holding company.

These financial statements were prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure 
Framework (FRS 101) and in accordance with applicable accounting standards. The financial statements are prepared on the 
historical cost basis. The accounting policies which follow set out those policies which apply in preparing the financial 
statements for the year ended 31 March 2017. The financial statements are presented in Sterling, rounded to the 
nearest thousand.

No income statement is presented by the Company as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The results of 
AVEVA Group plc are included in the Consolidated financial statements of AVEVA Group plc. 

The Directors believe that the Company is well placed to manage its business risks successfully despite macroeconomic and 
geopolitical uncertainties. It has considerable financial resources and no borrowings. As a consequence of these factors and 
having reviewed the forecasts for the coming year, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that there are adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Thus, they continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in preparing the annual financial statements. 

2 Summary of significant accounting policies
Explained below are the significant accounting policies of the Company. The full Statement of Group Accounting Policies is 
included on pages 113 to 120.

a) Basis of accounting
The Company has taken advantage of the following disclosure exemptions under FRS 101:

 – the requirements of IAS 7: Statement of Cash Flows
 – the requirements of IAS 8: IFRSs issued but not effective
 – the requirements of IFRS 2: Share-based payments
 – the requirements of IFRS 7: Financial Instruments: Disclosures
 – the requirements of IFRS 13: Fair value measurements
 – the requirements of IAS 24: Related party disclosures

The basis for all of the above exemptions is because equivalent disclosures are included in the Consolidated financial 
statements of the Group in which the entity is consolidated.

b) Taxation
Corporation tax payable is provided on taxable profits using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted by the balance sheet date. 

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date 
where transactions or events that result in an obligation to pay more, or a right to pay less, tax in the future have occurred at 
the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is measured on a non-discounted basis at the average tax rates that are expected to apply 
in periods in which timing differences reverse, based on tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance 
sheet date.

c) Share-based payments
The accounting policy in relation to share-based payment transactions is disclosed in full in the Consolidated financial 
statements. The Company recognises the expense relating to the Executive Directors. The Company also records a 
corresponding increase in its investments in subsidiaries with a credit to equity which is equivalent to the IFRS 2 cost in 
subsidiary undertakings.

d) Investments in subsidiaries
Fixed asset investments in subsidiaries are shown at cost less provision for impairment.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS110

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

3 Result for the year
AVEVA Group plc reported a profit for the financial year ended 31 March 2017 of £49,050,000 (2016 – £29,811,000).

Audit fees of £7,000 (2016 – £7,000) are borne by another Group company.

The Company does not have any employees (2016 – nil). Directors’ emoluments are disclosed in the Remuneration 
Committee report on pages 47 to 66 and in respect of the Executive Directors are paid by a UK subsidiary company.

4 Dividends

Declared and paid during the year
Interim 2016/17 dividend paid of 13.0 pence (2015/16 – 6.0 pence) per ordinary share
Final 2015/16 dividend paid of 30.0 pence (2014/15 – 25.0 pence) per ordinary share

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

8,316
19,184

27,500

3,836
15,978

19,814

Proposed for approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting

Final 2016/17 proposed dividend of 27.0 pence (2015/16 – 30.0 pence) per ordinary share

17,271

19,182

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 7 July 2017 and has not 
been included as a liability in these financial statements. If approved at the Annual General Meeting, the final dividend will be 
paid on 4 August 2017 to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 7 July 2017.

5 Investments

Cost and net book value
At 1 April 2016
Additions

At 31 March 2017

£000

31,823
913

32,736

Details of the Company’s subsidiary undertakings are set out in note 17 in the Consolidated financial statements of the Group.

6 Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Prepayments

7 Trade and other payables

Accruals
Amounts owed to Group undertakings

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

125,558
9

94,196
15

125,567

94,211

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

213
39,869

252
30,194

40,082

30,446

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20178 Share capital

Allotted, called-up and fully paid
63,975,869 (2016 – 63,961,113) ordinary shares of 3.56 pence each

Details of the shares issued during the year and the prior year are as follows:

111

2017 
£000

2016 
£000

2,275

2,274

At 1 April
Exercise of share options

At 31 March

Year ended 31 March 2017

Date of issue

24 May 2016
27 May 2016
29 September 2016

Year ended 31 March 2016

Date of issue

29 July 2015
24 September 2015
10 February 2016

2017 
Number

63,961,113
14,756

63,975,869

2017 
£000

2,274
1

2,275

2016  
Number

63,948,241
12,872

63,961,113

Number of 
shares 
2017

10,579
566
3,611

14,756

Number of 
shares 
2016

5,032
4,083
3,757

12,872

Nominal
value 
2017 
£

Share 
premium 
2017 
£

376
20
128

524

–
–
–

–

Nominal
value 
2016 
£

Share 
premium 
2016 
£

179
145
134

458

–
–
–

–

2016 
£000

2,274
–

2,274

Market 
price 
£

15.27
16.00
20.12

Market 
price 
£

22.05
21.29
12.98

During the year the Company issued 14,756 (2016 – 12,872) ordinary shares of 3.56 pence each with a nominal value of £525 
(2016 – £458) pursuant to the exercise of share options. The total proceeds were £525 (2016 – £458), which included a 
premium of £nil (2016 – £nil).

Details of share options awarded to Executive Directors during the year are contained in the Remuneration Committee report. 
Note 26 of the Consolidated financial statements for the Group includes details of share option awards made during the year.

9 Related party transactions
There were no transactions with related parties in either the current or the preceding financial year that require disclosure 
within these financial statements.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS112

FIVE YEAR RECORD

Summarised consolidated results
Revenue
Recurring revenue
Research & Development expense
Adjusted1 profit before tax
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Profit for the financial year
Basic earnings per share
Adjusted1 basic earnings per share
Total dividend per share

Summarised consolidated balance sheet
Non-current assets
Cash and cash equivalents and treasury deposits (net)
Net current assets
Shareholders’ funds

2017 
£000

2016
£000

2015 
£000

2014 
£000

2013 
£000

215,831
166,033
(31,884)
55,004
46,900
(8,834)
38,066
59.52p
66.98p
40.00p

201,491
153,985
(32,128)
51,201
29,429
(8,955)
20,474
32.03p
62.04p
36.00p

208,686
158,213
(32,696)
62,098
54,862
(13,303)
41,559
65.07p
74.51p
30.50p

237,336
167,020
(38,278)
78,257
68,989
(17,978)
51,011
78.12p
89.05p
27.00p

220,230
153,224
(35,539)
70,562
63,495
(18,098)
45,397
66.80p
74.70p
24.00p

89,920
130,948
137,953
220,682

87,513
107,927
121,834
200,998

90,930
103,767
114,667
189,930

74,038
117,547
121,790
184,977

82,122
190,357
188,524
251,606

1  Adjusted profit before tax is stated before amortisation of intangibles (excluding other software), share-based payments, adjustment to goodwill, the gain/loss on the fair 

value of forward foreign currency contracts and exceptional items. Adjusted basic earnings per share is also adjusted for the tax effect of these items.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017113

STATEMENT OF GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Corporate information
AVEVA Group plc is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom. The address of the  
registered office is given on page 123. AVEVA Group plc’s shares are publicly traded on the Official List of the London  
Stock Exchange. 

Basis of preparation
The accounting policies which follow set out those policies which apply in preparing the financial statements for the year 
ended 31 March 2017. The Consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling (£) and all values are rounded  
to the nearest thousand (£000) except when otherwise indicated.

The Group presents a non-GAAP performance measure on the face of the Consolidated income statement. The Directors 
believe that the ‘adjusted profit before tax’ and ‘adjusted diluted and basic earnings per share’ measures presented provide  
a reliable and consistent presentation of the underlying performance of the Group. Adjusted profit is not defined by IFRS and 
therefore may not be directly comparable with the ‘adjusted’ profit measures of other companies.

The business is managed and measured on a day-to-day basis using adjusted results. To arrive at adjusted results, certain 
adjustments are made for normalised and exceptional items that are individually important and which could, if included, 
distort the understanding of the performance for the year and the comparability between periods.

Normalised items
These are recurring items which management considers to have a distorting effect on the underlying results of the Group,  
and are non-cash items.

These items relate to amortisation of intangibles (excluding other software), share-based payment charges and fair value 
adjustments on financial derivatives, although other types of recurring items may arise. Recurring items are adjusted each  
year irrespective of materiality to ensure consistent treatment.

Exceptional items
These are items which are non-recurring and are identified by virtue of either their size or their nature. These items can 
include, but are not restricted to, the costs of significant restructuring exercises, fees associated with business combinations 
and costs incurred in integrating acquired companies. 

In the prior year deferred revenue was presented as part of the line item ‘trade and other payables’; in the current year deferred 
revenue is presented as a separate line item on the balance sheet. The prior year item ‘trade and other payables’ therefore 
decreased by the amount of deferred revenue of £46,874,000.

Statement of compliance
The Consolidated financial statements of AVEVA Group plc and all its subsidiaries (the Group) have been prepared in 
accordance with IFRS, as adopted by the European Union, as they apply to the financial statements of the Group for the year 
ended 31 March 2017. The Group’s financial statements are also consistent with IFRSs as issued by the IASB. 

The parent Company financial statements of AVEVA Group plc have been prepared under the FRS 101 reduced disclosure 
framework and are included on pages 107 to 111.

Basis of consolidation
The Consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of AVEVA Group plc and its subsidiaries as at  
31 March each year. The financial statements of subsidiaries are prepared using existing GAAP for each country of operation. 
Adjustments are made to translate any differences that may exist between the respective local GAAP and IFRSs.

Inter-company balances and transactions, including unrealised profits arising from intra-Group transactions, have been 
eliminated in full.

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is obtained by the Group and cease to be consolidated from  
the date on which control is transferred out of the Group.

On acquisition, assets and liabilities of subsidiaries are measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition, with any excess 
of the cost of acquisition over this value being capitalised as goodwill.

Adoption of new and revised standards
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year. New standards and interpretations 
which came into force during the year did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS114

STATEMENT OF GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONTINUED

New standards and interpretations not yet effective
The IASB have issued the following standards (although in some cases not yet adopted by the EU) which are expected to have 
implications for the reporting of the financial position or performance of the Group or which will require additional disclosures 
in future financial years:

IFRS 9
IFRS 15
IFRS 16
IFRS 2
IAS 7
IAS 12
IFRS 10 and IAS 28 

Financial Instruments
Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Leases
Amendments – Classification and Measurement of Share-based payment transactions
Amendments – Disclosure initiative
Amendments – Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for unrealised losses
Amendments – Sales or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or 
Joint Venture

Effective for periods 
commencing after

1 January 2018
1 January 2019

1 January 2019 

The Group intends to adopt these standards in the first accounting period after the effective date. The Directors do not expect 
that the adoption of the standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group in future 
periods, except as noted below:

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
IFRS 15 prescribes a principles-based approach to accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers, as well as 
additional reporting disclosures. The standard supersedes IAS 18 Revenue, IAS 11 Construction Contracts and several revenue-
related interpretations.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers outlines a single comprehensive five-step model to account for how revenue 
as goods or services are transferred to customers. Furthermore, it provides new guidance on whether revenue should be 
recognised at a point in time or over time and, more specifically, includes guidance on revenue from licensing arrangements.

IFRS 15 must be applied for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018. It is endorsed by the EU (except for the Clarifications 
to IFRS 15 issued by the IASB in April 2016). The Company plans to adopt IFRS 15 in its consolidated financial statements for 
the year ending 31 March 2019, using the full retrospective approach.

The Company has completed an initial assessment of the potential impact of the adoption of IFRS 15 on its consolidated 
financial statements. The main aspects of the assessment are outlined below:

(i) Rendering of services – transfer of control
Revenue from sales of initial licences and the initial software delivery element of rental licences is currently recognised upon 
delivery. Delivery occurs when the customer has access to the intellectual property described in the contract. In some limited 
circumstances, under the current policy, AVEVA may recognise revenue from a licence agreement rateably over the contract 
period. This assessment is based on whether AVEVA can reliably estimate the maintenance and support element of 
the contract. 

Under IFRS 15, revenue is recognised when a customer obtains control of the services. All distinct performance obligations 
relating to licences for software are transferred to the customer at a ‘point in time’. Therefore, under IFRS 15, all revenue from 
software licences which are distinct performance obligations will be recognised at a ‘point in time’ and not ‘over time’. 

Based on the initial assessment, and in the absence of an uptake in AVEVA’s Cloud offerings, the Company does not anticipate 
material differences between the current policy and the requirement under IFRS 15 to recognise software licences at a ‘point 
in time’.

(ii) Stand-alone selling prices
Revenue from contracts with separately-identifiable components (multiple-element arrangements) are currently recognised 
based on the relative fair value of the components. Under IFRS 15, the total consideration of a customer arrangement will be 
allocated based on their relative stand-alone selling prices. Stand-alone selling prices are determined based on list prices (with 
standard discounts where appropriate), the adjusted market assessment approach and the residual approach.

The Company has performed an initial comparison of the fair value approach under IAS 18 and the stand-alone selling prices 
under IFRS 15. Based on the initial assessment, these amounts are broadly the same, therefore the Company at this stage 
does not anticipate material differences in the revenue recognition based on stand-alone selling prices.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017115

(iii) Providing extended payment terms to customers
Under IAS 18, where AVEVA provides a customer with extended payment terms, the revenue is deferred until the consideration 
is due in accordance with the contract. Under IFRS 15, all the contractual payments are included in the transaction price and 
allocated to the performance obligations at the start of the contract. 

Based on the initial assessment, the Company has identified a potential impact on revenues for a limited number of contracts 
which, under IFRS 15, could be recognised in the Income Statement at an earlier point in time rather than deferring recognition 
until the stage payments are invoiced. The Company is currently performing a detailed analysis on a contract-by-contract basis 
to assess the related impact.

IFRS 16 Leases
IFRS 16 Leases (effective for the year ending 31 March 2020, not yet endorsed by the EU) will require all leases to be recognised 
on the balance sheet. Currently, IAS 17 Leases only requires leases categorised as finance leases to be recognised on the 
balance sheet, with leases categorised as operating leases not recognised. Lessees will recognise a ‘right of use’ asset and a 
corresponding liability on the balance sheet. The asset will be amortised over the length of the lease and the liability measured 
at amortised cost. It is currently not practicable to quantify the effect at the date of the publication of these financial 
statements. Existing operating lease commitments are set out in note 22.

Beyond the information above, it is not practicable to provide a reasonable estimate of the effect of these standards until  
a detailed review has been completed.

Significant accounting estimates
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date that 
have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial 
year are discussed below:

Retirement benefit obligations
The determination of the Group’s obligations and expense for defined benefit pensions is dependent on the selection, by the 
Board of Directors, of assumptions used by the pension scheme actuary in calculating these amounts. The assumptions 
applied, together with sensitivity analysis, are described in note 25 and include, amongst others, the discount rate, the 
inflation rate, rates of increase in salaries and mortality rates. While the Directors consider that the assumptions are 
appropriate, significant differences in the actual experience or significant changes in assumptions may materially affect the 
reported amount of the Group’s future pension obligations, actuarial gains and losses included in the Consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income in future years and the future staff costs. The net carrying amount of retirement benefit obligations 
at 31 March 2017 was £3,810,000 (2016 – £5,162,000). This year for the first time there is also a net surplus on the UK defined 
benefit scheme of £1,222,000 (2016 – nil).

Provision for impairment of receivables
The Group makes provision for the impairment of receivables on a customer-specific basis. The determination of the 
appropriate level of provision involves an estimate of the potential risk of default or non-payment by the Group’s customers 
and management consider a number of factors, including the financial strength of the customers, the level of default that the 
Group has suffered in the past, the age of the receivable outstanding and the Group’s trading experience with that customer. 
The provision for impairment of receivables at 31 March 2017 was £6,054,000 (2016 – £5,879,000).

Revenue recognition
The assessments and estimates used by the Group for revenue recognition could have a significant impact on the amount  
and timing of revenue recognised.

Revenue from sales of software licences when these are combined with the delivery of significant implementation or 
customisation services is recognised in line with the delivery of the services to the customer. This policy involves the 
assessment of which customer projects include significant customisation or implementation and also an assessment of the 
stage of completion of such projects. 

The fair value estimate of the element of a customer rental fee attributable to the continuing right to use, and to customer 
support and maintenance, is reviewed periodically. On average, the element attributable to customer support and 
maintenance as a proportion of the initial software delivery is 17%. A 1% deviation in this percentage would not lead to  
a material change in revenue. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS116

STATEMENT OF GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONTINUED

Intangible assets
IFRS 3 requires the identification of acquired intangible assets as part of a business combination. The methods used to value 
such intangible assets require the use of estimates including forecast performance and customer attrition rates. Future results 
are impacted by the amortisation periods adopted and changes to the estimated useful lives would result in different effects 
on the income statement.

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment. Tests for impairment are based on discounted cash flows and assumptions 
(including discount rates, timing and growth prospects) which are inherently subjective. Further details about the assumptions 
used are set out in note 14.

Revenue
The Group generates its revenue principally from licensing the rights to use its software products directly to end users and to  
a lesser extent indirectly through resellers. Revenue is measured at fair value of the consideration received or receivable and 
represents the amounts receivable for goods and services provided in the ordinary course of business, net of discounts and 
sales taxes. It comprises initial licence fees, annual fees and rental licence fees, together with income from consultancy and 
other related services.

For each revenue stream, revenue is not recognised unless and until:

 – a clear contractual arrangement can be evidenced;
 – delivery has been made in accordance with that contract;
 – if required, contractual acceptance criteria have been met; and
 – the fee has been agreed and collectability is probable. Where extended payment terms beyond 90 days exist, appropriate 
approvals are obtained to ensure there is sufficient comfort that collectability is probable and the fee is determinable.  
If approvals are not obtained, revenue recognition is deferred until payment is due.

Initial/annual licence agreements
Users are charged an initial licence fee upon installation for a set number of users together with an obligatory annual fee, 
which is charged every year. Annual fees consist of the continuing right to use and customer support and maintenance, which 
includes core product upgrades and enhancements, and remote support services. Users must continue to pay annual fees in 
order to maintain the right to use the software.

Initial licence fees are recognised once the above conditions have been met. Annual fees are recognised on a straight-line 
basis over the period of the contract, which is typically 12 months. If annual fees are charged at a discount, an amount is 
allocated out of the initial licence fee at fair market value based on the value established when annual fees are charged 
separately to customers.

Rental licence agreements
As an alternative to the initial licence fee plus annual fee model, the Group also supplies its software under three different 
types of rental licence agreement.

Rental licence fees which are invoiced monthly and which are cancellable by the customer are recognised on a monthly basis. 
Other rental licence agreements are invoiced at the start of the contracted period, which is typically one year, are non-
cancellable and consist of two separate components; the initial software delivery, and the continuing right to use with 
customer support and maintenance. Revenue in respect of the continuing right to use and customer support and 
maintenance element is valued at fair market value based on the value established when annual fees are charged separately  
to the customer. This component is recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of the contract. The residual amount 
representing the implied initial fee element is recognised upfront, provided all of the above criteria have been met. Where 
uncertainty exists and it is not possible to reliably determine the fair value of the customer support and maintenance element, 
all revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of the contract.

The Group also licenses its software using a token licensing model. Under this model, a ‘basket’ of tokens representing 
licences to use different software products over a defined period is granted, which enables the customer to draw these down 
as and when required. Where the customer commits in advance to a specified number of tokens over a defined period, a 
proportion of revenue is recognised with an appropriate element deferred for customer support and maintenance obligations, 
subject to the above recognition conditions being met. Where the customer is charged in arrears, revenue is recognised based 
on the actual number of tokens used.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017117

Services
Services consist primarily of consultancy, implementation services and training and are performed under separate service 
arrangements. Revenue from these services is recognised as the services are performed and stage of completion is 
determined by reference to the costs incurred as a proportion of the total estimated costs of the service project. If a contract 
cannot be reliably estimated, revenue is recognised only to the extent that costs have been incurred. Provision is made as 
soon as a loss is foreseen.

If an arrangement includes both licence and service elements, licence fee revenue is recognised upon delivery of the software 
provided that services do not include significant customisation or modification of the base product and the payment terms for 
licences are not subject to acceptance criteria. In all other cases, revenues from both licence and service elements are 
recognised as services are performed.

Foreign currencies
The functional and presentational currency of AVEVA Group plc is Pounds Sterling (£). Transactions in foreign currencies are 
initially recorded at the functional currency rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the functional currency rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. 
All differences are taken to the Consolidated income statement.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate 
as at the date of the initial transaction.

The subsidiaries have a number of different functional currencies. As at the reporting date, the assets and liabilities of these 
overseas subsidiaries are translated into Pounds Sterling (£) at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date, and their 
income statements are translated at the weighted average exchange rates for the year. Exchange differences arising on the 
retranslation are taken directly to the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

Goodwill
Goodwill on acquisitions is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the 
acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. Following initial recognition, 
goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. 

Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill 
associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or 
loss on disposal of the operation. Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured on the basis of the relative values of 
the operation disposed of and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.

If the potential benefit of tax losses or other deferred tax assets does not satisfy the criteria in IFRS 3 for separate recognition 
when a business combination is initially accounted for but is subsequently realised, the Group recognises the deferred tax 
income in the Consolidated income statement.

Intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired separately are capitalised at cost and from a business acquisition are capitalised at fair value as at 
the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, the cost model is applied to each class of intangible asset as set out below. 

Expenditure on internally developed intangible assets, excluding development costs, is taken to the Consolidated income 
statement in the year in which it is incurred. Internal software development expenditure is recognised as an intangible asset 
only after its technical feasibility and commercial viability can be demonstrated.

Useful lives are also examined on an annual basis and adjustments, where applicable, are made on a prospective basis. 
Amortisation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful economic lives of the asset, which are as follows:

Developed technology
Customer relationships
Purchased brand
Other software
Purchased software rights

Research expenditure
Research expenditure is written off in the year of expenditure.

Years

5–12
5–20
5
3
5–10

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS118

STATEMENT OF GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONTINUED

Government grants
Grants in respect of specific Research & Development projects are recognised as receivable when there is reasonable 
assurance that they will be received and the conditions to obtain them have been complied with. They are credited to the 
income statement in the same period as the related Research & Development costs for which the grant is compensating.  
The grant income is presented as a deduction from the related expense.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. 

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to write down the assets to their estimated residual value over the useful 
economic life of the asset as follows:

Computer equipment
Fixtures, fittings and office equipment
Motor vehicles

Years

3
6–8
4

Leasehold buildings and improvements are amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease (3 to 49 years) or 
useful economic life, if shorter. 

Impairment of assets
Goodwill arising on acquisition is allocated to cash-generating units expected to benefit from the combination’s synergies and 
represents the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes and generates cash flows which 
are independent of other cash-generating units. The recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which goodwill has 
been allocated is tested for impairment annually or when events or changes in circumstance indicate that it might be impaired. 
The carrying values of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets other than goodwill are reviewed for impairment 
when events or changes in circumstance indicate the carrying value may be impaired. If any such indication exists and where 
the carrying values exceed the estimated recoverable amount, the assets or cash-generating units are written down to their 
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the greater of net selling price and value in use. In assessing value in use, the 
estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For an asset that does not generate largely 
independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. 
Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement in the administrative expenses line item.

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables, which generally have 30 to 90 day terms, are recognised and carried at original invoice amount less an 
allowance for any uncollectible amounts. An estimate for doubtful debts is made when collection of the full amount is no 
longer probable. Bad debts are written off when identified.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and short-term deposits in the Consolidated balance sheet comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits 
with an original maturity of three months or less. The carrying amount of these approximates their fair value. For the purpose 
of the Consolidated cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above, 
net of outstanding bank overdrafts.

Derivative financial instruments
The only derivative financial instruments the Group holds are forward foreign exchange contracts to reduce exposure to 
foreign exchange risk. The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. All forward 
foreign exchange contracts have been marked-to-market and are held at fair value on the Consolidated balance sheet. The 
Group has not applied hedge accounting during the year and therefore movements in fair value are being recorded in the 
Consolidated income statement. Fair value is estimated using the settlement rates prevailing at the period end.

Leases
Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as operating 
leases. Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in the Consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis 
over the lease term.

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017119

Taxation
The Group is subject to income tax in numerous jurisdictions. The Group recognises provisions for tax based on estimates of 
taxes that are likely to become due. Where the final tax outcome is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, 
such differences will impact the current income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determinations 
are made. 

Deferred income tax is provided, using the liability method, on all temporary differences at the balance sheet date between 
the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

Legislation has been enacted to allow UK companies to elect for the Research & Development Expenditure Credit (RDEC)  
on qualifying expenditure incurred since 1 April 2013, instead of the super-deduction rules. At the balance sheet date, 
management has concluded that the election will be made and therefore the RDEC is recorded as income included in profit 
before tax, netted against Research & Development expenses as the RDEC is of the nature of a government grant. 

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences:

 – except where the deferred income tax liability arises from goodwill amortisation or the initial recognition of an asset or 

liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting 
profit nor taxable profit or loss; and

 – in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the 

reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse  
in the foreseeable future. 

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets and 
unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary 
differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets and unused tax losses can be utilised:

 – except where the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial 

recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, 
affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and

 – in respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, deferred tax assets are only 

recognised to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable 
profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that  
it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to 
be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the asset  
is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date.

The income tax effects of items recorded in either other comprehensive income or equity are recognised in the Consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income or the Consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity respectively. 
Otherwise, income tax is recognised in the Consolidated income statement. 

Revenue, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of sales taxes except:

 – where the sales tax incurred on a purchase of goods and services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which 

case the sales tax is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item as applicable; and

 – receivables and payables are stated with the amount of sales taxes included.

The net amount of sales taxes recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or 
payables in the Consolidated balance sheet. 

Post retirement benefits
The Group operates defined benefit pension schemes in the UK, Sweden and Germany. The Group also provides certain post 
employment benefits to its South Korean employees. 

The UK defined benefit pension scheme, previously available to all UK employees, was closed to new applicants in 2002 and 
closed to future accrual from 31 March 2015. UK employees are now offered membership of a defined contribution scheme.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS120

STATEMENT OF GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONTINUED

The German unfunded defined benefit schemes are closed to new applicants and provide benefits to nine deferred members. 
These schemes were acquired as part of previous business combinations. No current employees participate in the schemes. 
Full provision has been made for the liability on the Consolidated balance sheet. The Group also operates a defined benefit 
pension scheme for one German employee.

The Group provides pension arrangements to its Swedish employees through an industry-wide defined benefit scheme. It is 
not possible to identify the share of the underlying assets and liabilities in the scheme which is attributable to the Group on a 
fair and reasonable basis. Therefore, the Group has applied the provisions in IAS 19 to account for the scheme as if it was a 
defined contribution scheme.

For the defined benefit schemes, the defined benefit obligation is calculated annually for each plan by qualified external 
actuaries using the projected unit credit method which attributes entitlement to benefits to the current period (to determine 
current service cost) and to the current and prior periods (to determine the present value of defined benefit obligation). The 
retirement benefit liability in the Consolidated balance sheet represents the present value of the defined benefit obligation 
(using a discount rate derived from a published index of AA rated corporate bonds) as reduced by the fair value of plan assets 
out of which the obligations are to be settled directly. Fair value is based on market price information and in the case of quoted 
securities is the published bid price. The value of a net pension benefit asset is restricted to the present value of any amount 
the Group expects to recover by way of refunds from the plan or reductions in the future contributions. The current service 
cost is recognised in the Consolidated income statement as an employee benefit expense. The net interest element of the 
defined benefit cost is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit liability or asset.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments or changes in actuarial assumptions are credited or charged  
in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

The Group also operates defined contribution pension schemes for a number of UK and non-UK employees. Contributions to 
defined contribution plans are charged to profit before tax as they become payable.

Share-based payments
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are 
granted, further details of which are given in note 26. 

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in 
which the performance conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to 
the award (vesting date). The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the 
vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity 
instruments that will ultimately vest.

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market 
condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the market condition is satisfied, provided that all other 
performance conditions are satisfied.

Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a minimum an expense is recognised as if the terms had not been 
modified. In addition, an expense is recognised for any increase in the value of the transaction as a result of the modification, 
as measured at the date of modification.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation and any expense not yet 
recognised for the award is recognised immediately. However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award, and 
designated as a replacement award on the date that it is granted, the cancelled and new awards are treated as if they were a 
modification of the original award, as described in the previous paragraph. 

The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of earnings per share, 
subject to an estimate of whether performance conditions will be met.

Employee benefit trust
The Group has established an employee benefit trust (AVEVA Group Employee Benefit Trust 2008), which is a separately 
administered trust and is funded by loans from Group companies. The assets of the trust comprise shares in AVEVA Group plc 
and cash balances. The Group recognises assets and liabilities of the trust in the Consolidated financial statements and shares 
held by the trust are recorded at cost as a deduction from shareholders’ equity.

Consideration received for the sale of shares held by the trust is recognised in equity, with any difference between the 
proceeds from the sale and the original cost being taken to retained earnings. 

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017121

A full list of addresses of all subsidiaries and significant 
holdings is provided below.

AVEVA Group plc
AVEVA Solutions Limited
CADCentre Property Limited
AVEVA Finance Limited
CADCentre Pension Trustees Limited
FabTrol Systems, UK Limited
Tribon Solutions (UK) Limited
AVEVA Consulting Limited
AVEVA Managed Services Limited
AVEVA Engineering IT Limited
CADCentre Engineering IT Limited
CADCentre Limited
AVEVA Limited
LFM Software Limited
High Cross 
Madingley Road
Cambridge
CB3 0HB

AVEVA AB
PO Box 50555, Drottninggatan 18
SE-202 15
Malmo
Sweden

AVEVA AS
Lysaker Torg 45 (E) 
PO Box 232
N-1326 Lysaker
Norway

AVEVA GmbH
Otto-Volger-Street 7c
65843 Sulzbach (Taunus)
Germany

AVEVA SA
5 Square Felix Nadar 
Bat C, 94300 Vincennes
France

AVEVA OOO Limited Liability Company
Spartakovskaya Street
PO Box 36
105066
Moscow 
Russia

AVEVA Denmark A/S
Sofiendalsvej 5A
9200 Aalborg SV
Denmark

AVEVA Information Technology India Private Limited
Unit No 202, Wing A, 2nd Floor
Supreme Business Park, Hiranandani Gardens, Powai
Mumbai 400 076
India

AVEVA Solutions India LLP
AVEVA Software India Private Limited
Tower 2.1, 2nd/4th Floor, WaveRock
Sy.no 115 APIIC IT / ITES SEZ
Nanakramguda, Gachibowli 
Hyderabad 500008
India

AVEVA Asia Pacific Sendirian Berhad
AVEVA Sendirian Berhad
Level 39, Menara 3 PETRONAS
Persiaran KLCC, Kuala Lumpur City Centre
50088 Kuala Lumpur 
Malaysia

AVEVA (Shanghai) Consultancy Co. Limited
AVEVA Solutions (Shanghai) Co. Limited
Unit 1503-1506, YouYou International Plaza
No. 76 Pu Jian Road
Shanghai 200127
China

AVEVA East Asia Limited
2nd Floor, Shui On Centre
6-8 Harbour Road
Wanchai
Hong Kong

AVEVA Korea Limited
14th Floor, Haesung 2 Building
942-10 Daechi-dong, Kangnam-gu Seoul
135-725
Korea

AVEVA KK
Nisseki Yokohama Bldg
19F 1-1-8, Sakuragi-cho,
Naka-ku, Yokohama
231-0062
Japan

AVEVA Pte Limited
3A International Business Park
#06-06 
Singapore
609935

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS122

STATEMENT OF GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONTINUED

AVEVA Pty Limited
Level 18
333 Ann Street 
Brisbane, Queensland 4000
Australia

AVEVA Colombia S.A.S.
World Trade Center, Calle 100 No. 8ª - 49
Torre B, PH, Oficina 22
Bogota
Colombia

AVEVA Inc.
10350 Richmond Avenue, Suite 400
Houston
TX 77042
USA

AVEVA Software and Services S.A de C.V.
AVEVA de Mexico S. de R.L.
AV. Insurgentes Sur No. 863, Piso 7
Col. Napoles, Deleg Benito Juarez
Mexico City
D.F.03810
Mexico

AVEVA do Brasil Informática Ltda
Rua Lauro Muller
116 Sala 2202 Torre Rio Sul
Botaforgo – Rio de Janeiro
Cep: 22.290-160
Brazil

AVEVA Chile S.p.A.
Avendia Vitacura 2670
Piso 15, Las Condes
Santiago de Chile
7550698
Chile

8over8 Limited
Northern Ireland Science Park 
Fort George, Bay Road
Londonderry
BT48 7TG

8over8 Pty Limited
L29, 221 St Georges Terrace
Perth, WA 6000
Australia

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017123

COMPANY INFORMATION AND ADVISERS

Chairman
Non-Executive Director and Senior Independent Director

Directors
Philip Aiken 
Philip Dayer 
Christopher Humphrey  Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Jennifer Allerton   
Non-Executive Director
Ron Mobed 
Chief Executive
James Kidd 
Chief Financial Officer
David Ward 

Company Secretary
Claire Denton

Registered Office
High Cross 
Madingley Road
Cambridge CB3 0HB

Registered Number
2937296

Auditor
Ernst & Young LLP
One Cambridge Business Park
Cambridge CB4 0WZ

Bankers
Barclays Bank plc
9–11 St Andrews Street 
Cambridge CB2 3AA

Solicitors
Ashurst LLP
Broadwalk House 
5 Appold Street 
London EC2A 2HA

Mills & Reeve LLP
Botanic House 
100 Hills Road 
Cambridge CB2 1PH

Stockbroker 
Numis Securities Limited
The London Stock Exchange Building
10 Paternoster Square 
London EC4M 7LT

Registrars
Capita Registrars Limited
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham BR3 4TU

Financial PR
FTI Consulting
200 Aldersgate Street 
London EC1A 4HD

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
124

NOTES

AVEVA GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2017Engineering and information management  
software for the Plant and Marine industries

WWW.AVEVA.COM

AVEVA Group plc 
High Cross, Madingley Road, 
Cambridge CB3 0HB, UK

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

A

N

D

A

C

C

O

U

N

T

S

2

0

1

7